BA01534D/06/EN/06.22-00
71575099
2022-08-01

Products

Solutions

Valid as of version
01.06.zz (Device firmware)

Operating Instructions
Proline Promass Q 500
Coriolis flowmeter
HART

Services

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

• Make sure the document is stored in a safe place such that it is always available whenworking on or with the device.
• To avoid danger to individuals or the facility, read the "Basic safety instructions" section
carefully, as well as all other safety instructions in the document that are specific toworking procedures.
• The manufacturer reserves the right to modify technical data without prior notice. Your
Endress+Hauser Sales Center will supply you with current information and updates tothese instructions.

2

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Table of contents

Table of contents
1

About this document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

6

Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

1.1
1.2

6.1

1.4

Document function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.2.1 Safety symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.2.2 Electrical symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.2.3 Communication-specific symbols . . . . . 6
1.2.4 Tool symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.2.5 Symbols forcertain types of information . . . . . . . . . 7
1.2.6 Symbols in graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.3.1 Document function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7

Requirements for the personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Intended use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Workplace safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Operational safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Product safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
IT security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Device-specific IT security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.7.1 Protecting access via hardware write
protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.7.2 Protecting access via a password . . . . 11
2.7.3 Access via Web server . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.7.4 Access via OPC-UA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.7.5 Access via service interface (CDIRJ45) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

6.3

Mounting requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
6.1.1 Mounting position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
6.1.2 Environment and process
requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
6.1.3 Special mounting instructions . . . . . . 26
Mounting the measuring device . . . . . . . . . . . 30
6.2.1 Required tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
6.2.2 Preparing the measuring device . . . . . 30
6.2.3 Mounting the measuring device . . . . . 30
6.2.4 Mounting the transmitter housing:
Proline 500 – digital . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
6.2.5 Mounting the transmitter housing:
Proline 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
6.2.6 Turning the transmitter housing:
Proline 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
6.2.7 Turning the display module: Proline
500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Post-installation check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

7

Electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

7.1
7.2

7.7
7.8

Electrical safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Connecting requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
7.2.1 Required tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
7.2.2 Requirements for connecting cable . . . 36
7.2.3 Terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
7.2.4 Preparing the measuring device . . . . . 41
Connecting the measuring device: Proline
500 – digital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
7.3.1 Connecting the connecting cable . . . . 43
7.3.2 Connecting the signal cable and the
supply voltage cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Connecting the measuring device: Proline
500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
7.4.1 Connecting the connecting cable . . . . 50
7.4.2 Connecting the signal cable and the
supply voltage cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Potential equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
7.5.1 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Special connection instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
7.6.1 Connection examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Ensuring the degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . 62
Post-connection check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

8Operation options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

8.1
8.2

Overview of operation options . . . . . . . . . . . .
Structure and function of the operating
menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2.1 Structure of the operating menu . . . .
8.2.2 Operating philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . .
Access to the operating menu via the local
display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3.1 Operational display . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3.2 Navigation view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.3

3

Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

3.1

Product design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.1.1 Proline 500 – digital . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.1.2 Proline 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

4

Incoming acceptance and productidentification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

4.1
4.2

Incoming acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Product identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4.2.1 Transmitter nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.2.2 Sensor nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
4.2.3 Symbols on measuring device . . . . . . 20

5Storage and transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

5.1
5.2

Storage conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Transporting the product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
5.2.1 Measuring devices without lifting
lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
5.2.2 Measuring devices with lifting lugs . . 22
5.2.3 Transporting with a fork lift . . . . . . . . 22
Packaging disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

5.3

Endress+Hauser

6.2

7.3

7.4

7.5
7.6

8.3

64
65
65
66
67
67
69
3

Table of contents

8.3.3
8.3.4
8.3.5
8.3.6
8.3.7
8.3.8
8.3.9
8.3.10

8.4

8.5

Editing view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Opening the context menu . . . . . . . . . 73
Navigating and selecting from list . . . 75
Calling the parameter directly . . . . . . 75
Calling up help text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Changing the parameters . . . . . . . . . 76
User roles and related accessauthorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
8.3.11 Disabling write protection via accesscode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
8.3.12 Enabling and disabling the keypadlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Access to the operating menu via the Webbrowser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
8.4.1 Function scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
8.4.2 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
8.4.3 Establishing a connection . . . . . . . . . 80
8.4.4 Logging on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
8.4.5 User interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
8.4.6 Disabling the Web server . . . . . . . . . . 84
8.4.7 Logging out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Access to the operating menu via theoperating tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
8.5.1 Connecting the operating tool . . . . . . 85
8.5.2 Field Xpert SFX350, SFX370 . . . . . . . 89
8.5.3 FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
8.5.4 DeviceCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
8.5.5 AMS Device Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
8.5.6 SIMATIC PDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
8.5.7 Field Communicator 475 . . . . . . . . . . 91

9

System integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

9.1

9.3

Overview of device description files . . . . . . . . . 92
9.1.1 Current version data for the device . . . 92
9.1.2 Operating tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Measured variables via HART protocol . . . . . . 93
9.2.1 Device variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Other settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

10

Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

9.2

10.1 Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
10.2 Switching on the measuring device . . . . . . . . 101
10.3 Setting the operating language . . . . . . . . . . . 101
10.4 Configuring the measuring device . . . . . . . . 101
10.4.1 Defining the tag name . . . . . . . . . . . 103
10.4.2 Setting the system units . . . . . . . . . 103
10.4.3 Selecting and setting the medium . . 106
10.4.4 Displaying the I/O configuration . . . 108
10.4.5 Configuring the current input . . . . . 108
10.4.6 Configuring the status input . . . . . . 110
10.4.7 Configuring the current output . . . . 110
10.4.8 Configuring the pulse/frequency/
switch output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
10.4.9 Configuring the relay output . . . . . . 124
10.4.10 Configuring the double pulse output 127
10.4.11 Configuring the local display . . . . . . 128
10.4.12 Configuring the low flow cut off . . . . 134
4

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

10.4.13 Configuring partially filled pipe
detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
10.5 Advanced settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
10.5.1 Using the parameter to enter theaccess code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
10.5.2 Calculated process variables . . . . . . . 137
10.5.3 Carrying out a sensor adjustment . . . 138
10.5.4 Configuring the totalizer . . . . . . . . . 142
10.5.5 Carrying out additional display
configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
10.5.6 WLAN configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
10.5.7 Configuration management . . . . . . . 152
10.5.8 Using parameters for device
administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
10.6 Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
10.7 Protecting settings from unauthorized access 158
10.7.1 Write protection via access code . . . 158
10.7.2 Write protection via write protection
switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

11

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

11.1 Reading off the device locking status . . . . . . 162
11.2 Adjusting the operating language . . . . . . . . . 162
11.3 Configuring the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
11.4 Reading measured values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
11.4.1 "Measured variables" submenu . . . . . 163
11.4.2 "Totalizer" submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
11.4.3 "Input values" submenu . . . . . . . . . . 174
11.4.4 Output values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
11.5 Adapting the measuring device to the process
conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
11.6 Performing a totalizer reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
11.6.1 Function scope of "Control Totalizer"
parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
11.6.2 Function scope of the "Reset all
totalizers" parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
11.7 Show data logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
11.8 Gas Fraction Handler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
11.8.1 "Measurement mode" submenu . . . . 184
11.8.2 "Medium index" submenu . . . . . . . . . 185

12

Diagnostics and troubleshooting . . 186

12.1 General troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
12.2 Diagnostic information via light emitting
diodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
12.2.1 Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
12.2.2 Sensor connection housing . . . . . . . 190
12.3 Diagnostic information on local display . . . . . 192
12.3.1 Diagnostic message . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
12.3.2 Calling up remedial measures . . . . . 194
12.4 Diagnostic information in the Web browser . 194
12.4.1 Diagnostic options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
12.4.2 Calling up remedy information . . . . 195
12.5 Diagnostic information in FieldCare or
DeviceCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
12.5.1 Diagnostic options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
12.5.2 Calling up remedy information . . . . 197

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

12.6

Adapting the diagnostic information . . . . . . 197
12.6.1 Adapting the diagnostic behavior . . . 197
12.6.2 Adapting the status signal . . . . . . . . 197
12.7 Overview of diagnostic information . . . . . . . 198
12.8 Pending diagnostic events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
12.9 Diagnostic list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
12.10 Event logbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
12.10.1 Reading out the event logbook . . . . . 204
12.10.2 Filtering the event logbook . . . . . . . 205
12.10.3 Overview of information events . . . . 205
12.11 Resetting the measuring device . . . . . . . . . . 207
12.11.1 Function scope of "Device reset"
parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
12.12 Device information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
12.13 Firmware history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
12.14 Device history and compatibility . . . . . . . . . . 210

13

Table of contents

16.14 Application packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
16.15 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
16.16 Supplementary documentation . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

13.1

Maintenance tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
13.1.1 Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
13.2 Measuring and test equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 211
13.3 Endress+Hauser services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

14

Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

14.1

General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
14.1.1 Repair and conversion concept . . . . . 212
14.1.2 Notes for repair and conversion . . . . 212
14.2 Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
14.3 Endress+Hauser services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
14.4 Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
14.5 Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
14.5.1 Removing the measuring device . . . . 213
14.5.2 Disposing of the measuring device . . 213

15

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

15.1
15.2
15.3
15.4

Device-specific accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
15.1.1 For the transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
15.1.2 For the sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Communication-specific accessories . . . . . . . 215
Service-specific accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
System components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

16

Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

16.1 Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
16.2 Function and system design . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
16.3 Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
16.4 Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
16.5 Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
16.6 Performance characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
16.7 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
16.8 Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
16.9 Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
16.10 Custody transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
16.11 Mechanical construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
16.12 Operability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
16.13 Certificates and approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Endress+Hauser

5About this document

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

1

About this document

1.1

Document function

These Operating Instructions contain all the information required in the various life cycle
phases of the device: from product identification, incoming acceptance and storage, toinstallation, connection, operation and commissioning, through to troubleshooting,
maintenance and disposal.

1.2

Symbols

1.2.1

Safety symbols

DANGER

This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation will result inserious or fatal injury.
WARNING

This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result inserious or fatal injury.
CAUTION

This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result inminor or medium injury.
NOTICE

This symbol contains information on procedures and other facts which do not result inpersonal injury.

1.2.2

Electrical symbols
SymbolMeaning
Direct current
Alternating current
Direct current and alternating current
Ground connection
A grounded terminal which, as far as the operator is concerned, is grounded via agrounding system.
Potential equalization connection (PE: protective earth)Ground terminals that must be connected to ground prior to establishing any otherconnections.
The ground terminals are located on the interior and exterior of the device:• Interior ground terminal: potential equalization is connected to the supply network.
• Exterior ground terminal: device is connected to the plant grounding system.

1.2.3

Communication-specific symbols
SymbolMeaning
Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN)
Communication via a wireless, local network.
LED
Light emitting diode is off.

6

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

About this document

SymbolMeaning
LED
Light emitting diode is on.
LED
Light emitting diode is flashing.

1.2.4

Tool symbols
SymbolMeaning
Torx screwdriver
Phillips head screwdriver
Open-ended wrench

1.2.5

Symbols for certain types of information
SymbolMeaning
Permitted
Procedures, processes or actions that are permitted.
Preferred
Procedures, processes or actions that are preferred.
Forbidden
Procedures, processes or actions that are forbidden.
Tip
Indicates additional information.
Reference to documentation
Reference to pageA

Reference to graphic
Notice or individual step to be observed
1. , 2. , 3. …

Series of steps
Result of a step
Help in the event of a problem
Visual inspection

1.2.6

Symbols in graphics
SymbolMeaning

1, 2, 3, ...

Item numbers

1. , 2. , 3. , …

Series of steps

A, B, C, ...

Views

A-A, B-B, C-C, ...

Sections

Endress+Hauser

Hazardous area

7

About this document

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Symbol.

Meaning
Safe area (non-hazardous area)
Flow direction

1.3

Documentation
For an overview of the scope of the associated Technical Documentation, refer to thefollowing:• W@M Device Viewer (www.endress.com/deviceviewer): Enter the serial number
from the nameplate• Endress+Hauser Operations App: Enter the serial number from the nameplate orscan the matrix code on the nameplate

1.3.1

Document function

Document type

Purpose and content of the document

Technical Information (TI)

Planning aid for your device
The document contains all the technical data on the device and provides
an overview of the accessories and other products that can be ordered forthe device.

Brief Operating Instructions (KA)

Guide that takes you quickly to the 1st measured value
The Brief Operating Instructions contain all the essential informationfrom incoming acceptance to initial commissioning.

Operating Instructions (BA)Your reference guide
These Operating Instructions contain all the information that is requiredin the various life cycle phases of the device: from product identification,
incoming acceptance and storage, to mounting, connection, operationand commissioning, through to troubleshooting, maintenance anddisposal.

Description of Device Parameters(GP)

Reference for your parameters
The document provides a detailed explanation of each individual
parameter. The description is aimed at those who work with the device
over the entire life cycle and perform specific configurations.

Safety Instructions (XA)

Depending on the approval, safety instructions for electrical equipment inhazardous areas are also supplied with the device. They are an integral
part of the Operating Instructions.
nameplate indicates which Safety Instructions (XA) apply to The
the device in question.

Supplementary device-dependent
documentation

1.4

Additional documents are supplied depending on the device version
ordered: Always comply strictly with the instructions in the
supplementary documentation. The supplementary documentation is an
integral part of the device documentation.

Registered trademarks

HART®
Registered trademark of the FieldComm Group, Austin, Texas, USA

8

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Safety instructions

2

Safety instructions

2.1

Requirements for the personnel

The personnel for installation, commissioning, diagnostics and maintenance must fulfill
the following requirements:‣ Trained, qualified specialists must have a relevant qualification for this specific function
and task.
‣ Are authorized by the plant owner/operator.
‣ Are familiar with federal/national regulations.
‣ Before starting work, read and understand the instructions in the manual andsupplementary documentation as well as the certificates (depending on theapplication).
‣ Follow instructions and comply with basic conditions.
The operating personnel must fulfill the following requirements:‣ Are instructed and authorized according to the requirements of the task by the facility'sowner-operator.

‣ Follow the instructions in this manual.

2.2

Intended use

Application and media
The measuring device described in this manual is intended only for the flow measurementof liquids and gases.
Depending on the version ordered, the measuring device can also measure potentiallyexplosive, flammable, poisonous and oxidizing media.
Measuring devices for use in hazardous areas, in hygienic applications or in applications
where there is an increased risk due to process pressure, are marked accordingly on the
nameplate.
To ensure that the measuring device remains in proper condition for the operation time:‣ Keep within the specified pressure and temperature range.
‣ Only use the measuring device in full compliance with the data on the nameplate andthe general conditions listed in the Operating Instructions and supplementary
documentation.
‣ Based on the nameplate, check whether the ordered device is permitted for theintended use in the hazardous area (e.g. explosion protection, pressure vessel safety).
‣ Use the measuring device only for media to which the process-wetted materials are
sufficiently resistant.
‣ If the ambient temperature of the measuring device is outside the atmospherictemperature, it is absolutely essential to comply with the relevant basic conditions as
specified in the device documentation→  8.
‣ Protect the measuring device permanently against corrosion from environmental
influences.
Incorrect use
Non-designated use can compromise safety. The manufacturer is not liable for damage
caused by improper or non-designated use.

LWARNING
Danger of breakage due to corrosive or abrasive fluids and ambient conditions!
‣ Verify the compatibility of the process fluid with the sensor material.
‣ Ensure the resistance of all fluid-wetted materials in the process.
‣ Keep within the specified pressure and temperature range.

Endress+Hauser

9Safety instructions

Proline Promass Q 500 HARTNOTICE
Verification for borderline cases:‣ For special fluids and fluids for cleaning, Endress+Hauser is glad to provide assistancein verifying the corrosion resistance of fluid-wetted materials, but does not accept any
warranty or liability as minute changes in the temperature, concentration or level ofcontamination in the process can alter the corrosion resistance properties.
Residual risks

LWARNING
If the temperature of the media or electronics unit is high or low, this may cause thesurfaces of the device to become hot or cold. This poses a risk of burns or frostbite!
‣ In the case of hot or cold medium temperatures, install appropriate protection against
contact.

2.3

Workplace safety

When working on and with the device:‣ Wear the required personal protective equipment as per national regulations.

2.4

Operational safety

Risk of injury!

‣ Operate the device only if it is in proper technical condition, free from errors and faults.
‣ The operator is responsible for the interference-free operation of the device.
Modifications to the device
Unauthorized modifications to the device are not permitted and can lead to unforeseeable
dangers!
‣ If modifications are nevertheless required, consult with the manufacturer.
RepairTo ensure continued operational safety and reliability:‣ Carry out repairs on the device only if they are expressly permitted.
‣ Observe federal/national regulations pertaining to the repair of an electrical device.
‣ Use only original spare parts and accessories.

2.5

Product safety

This measuring device is designed in accordance with good engineering practice to meetstate-of-the-art safety requirements, has been tested, and left the factory in a condition inwhich it is safe to operate.
It meets general safety standards and legal requirements. It also complies with the EU
directives listed in the device-specific EU Declaration of Conformity. Endress+Hauser
confirms this by affixing the CE mark to the device.
Furthermore, the device meets the legal requirements of the applicable UK regulations(Statutory Instruments). These are listed in the UKCA Declaration of Conformity alongwith the designated standards.
By selecting the order option for UKCA marking, Endress+Hauser confirms a successful
evaluation and testing of the device by affixing the UKCA mark.

10

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Safety instructions

Contact address Endress+Hauser UK:
Endress+Hauser Ltd.
Floats Road
Manchester M23 9NF
United Kingdom
www.uk.endress.com

2.6

IT security

Our warranty is valid only if the product is installed and used as described in the Operating
Instructions. The product is equipped with security mechanisms to protect it against any
inadvertent changes to the settings.
IT security measures, which provide additional protection for the product and associateddata transfer, must be implemented by the operators themselves in line with their security
standards.

2.7

Device-specific IT security

The device offers a range of specific functions to support protective measures on theoperator's side. These functions can be configured by the user and guarantee greater inoperation safety if used correctly. An overview of the most important functions is provided
in the following section:
Function/interface

Factory setting

Recommendation

Write protection via hardware write
protection switch →  11

Not enabled

On an individual basis following risk assessment

Access code(also applies for Web server login or
FieldCare connection) →  12

Not enabled(0000)

Assign a customized access code duringcommissioning

WLAN(order option in display module)

EnabledOn an individual basis following risk assessment

WLAN security mode

Enabled (WPA2PSK)Do not change

WLAN passphrase(password) →  12

Serial number

Assign a customized WLAN passphrase duringcommissioning

WLAN mode

Access point

On an individual basis following risk assessment

Web server →  12

EnabledOn an individual basis following risk assessment

CDI-RJ45 service interface →  13–

On an individual basis following risk assessment

2.7.1

Protecting access via hardware write protection

Write access to the parameters of the device via the local display, Web browser or
operating tool (e.g. FieldCare, DeviceCare) can be disabled via a write protection switch(DIP switch on the main electronics module). When hardware write protection is enabled,
only read access to the parameters is possible.
Hardware write protection is disabled when the device is delivered →  159.

2.7.2

Protecting access via a password

Different passwords are available to protect write access to the device parameters or accessto the device via the WLAN interface.

Endress+Hauser

11

Safety instructions

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

• User-specific access code
Protect write access to the device parameters via the local display, Web browser or
operating tool (e.g. FieldCare, DeviceCare). Access authorization is clearly regulated
through the use of a user-specific access code.
• WLAN passphrase
The network key protects a connection between an operating unit (e.g. notebook ortablet) and the device via the WLAN interface which can be ordered as an option.
• Infrastructure mode
When the device is operated in infrastructure mode, the WLAN passphrase corresponds
to the WLAN passphrase configured on the operator side.
User-specific access code
Write access to the device parameters via the local display, Web browser or operating tool(e.g. FieldCare, DeviceCare) can be protected by the modifiable, user-specific access code(→  158).
When the device is delivered, the device does not have an access code and is equivalent to0000 (open).
WLAN passphrase: Operation as WLAN access point
A connection between an operating unit (e.g. notebook or tablet) and the device via the
WLAN interface (→  87), which can be ordered as an optional extra, is protected by
the network key. The WLAN authentication of the network key complies with theIEEE 802.11 standard.
When the device is delivered, the network key is pre-defined depending on the device. It
can be changed via the WLAN settings submenu in the WLAN passphrase parameter(→  151).
Infrastructure mode
A connection between the device and WLAN access point is protected by means of an SSID
and passphrase on the system side. Please contact the relevant system administrator foraccess.
General notes on the use of passwords• The access code and network key supplied with the device should be changed duringcommissioning.
• Follow the general rules for generating a secure password when defining and managing
the access code or network key.
• The user is responsible for the management and careful handling of the access code andnetwork key.
• For information on configuring the access code or on what to do if you lose thepassword, for example, see the "Write protection via access code" section →  158

2.7.3

Access via Web server

The device can be operated and configured via a Web browser with the integrated Web
server (→  78). The connection is via the service interface (CDI-RJ45) or the WLAN
interface.
The Web server is enabled when the device is delivered. The Web server can be disabled if
necessary (e.g. after commissioning) via the Web server functionality parameter.
The device and status information can be hidden on the login page. This prevents
unauthorized access to the information.
For detailed information on device parameters, see:
The "Description of Device Parameters" document →  254.

12

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Safety instructions

2.7.4

Access via OPC-UA

The device can communicate with OPC UA clients using the "OPC UA Server" application
package.
The OPC UA server integrated in the device can be accessed via the WLAN access point
using the WLAN interface - which can be ordered as an optional extra - or the service
interface (CDI- RJ45) via Ethernet network. Access rights and authorization as per
separate configuration.
The following Security Modes are supported as per the OPC UA Specification (IEC 62541):• None• Basic128Rsa15 – signed• Basic128Rsa15 – signed and encrypted

2.7.5

Access via service interface (CDI-RJ45)

The device can be connected to a network via the service interface (CDI-RJ45). Devicespecific functions guarantee the secure operation of the device in a network.
The use of relevant industrial standards and guidelines that have been defined by national
and international safety committees, such as IEC/ISA62443 or the IEEE, is recommended.
This includes organizational security measures such as the assignment of accessauthorization as well as technical measures such as network segmentation.
Transmitters with an Ex de approval may not be connected via the service interface(CDI-RJ45)!
Order code for "Approval transmitter + sensor", options (Ex de): BA, BB, C1, C2, GA,
GB, MA, MB, NA, NB

Endress+Hauser

13

Product description

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

3

Product description

The measuring system consists of a transmitter and a sensor. The transmitter and sensor
are mounted in physically separate locations. They are interconnected by connecting
cables.

3.1

Product design

Two versions of the transmitter are available.

3.1.1

Proline 500 – digital

Signal transmission: digital
Order code for "Integrated ISEM electronics", option A "Sensor"
The Proline 500 – digital transmitter is not available for devices with a nominal
diameter of DN ≥ 150 mm (6 in).
For use in applications not required to meet special requirements due to ambient oroperating conditions.
As the electronics are located in the sensor, the device is ideal:
For simple transmitter replacement.
• A standard cable can be used as the connecting cable.
• Not sensitive to external EMC interference.
1

2

3

ES

-

C

+

-

4

5

A0029593

1
1
2
3
4
5

14

Important components of a measuring device
Electronics compartment cover
Display module
Transmitter housing
Sensor connection housing with integrated ISEM electronics: connecting cable connection
SensorEndress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Product description

3.1.2

Proline 500

Signal transmission: analog
Order code for "Integrated ISEM electronics", option B "Transmitter"For use in applications required to meet special requirements due to ambient or operating
conditions.
As the electronics are located in the transmitter, the device is ideal in the event of:• Strong vibrations at the sensor.
• Sensor operation in underground installations.
• Permanent sensor immersion in water.
2

1

4

3

un
ter

n
f ne
öf

Nich PoSp tan un w
Do nu te er
en no ngrer töfNe gi op fn
so pa zeden when
us s outens vr en
ionir

i sp

la y

e

D

Nicht

I/O

ar
ES

C

–
+

circ

E

arealive
uits

Nic
u
ht

nte

r

7

6

5

A0029589

2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Endress+Hauser

Important components of a measuring device
Connection compartment cover
Display module
Transmitter housing with integrated ISEM electronics
Electronics compartment coverSensorSensor connection housing: connecting cable connection
Connection compartment cover: connecting cable connection

15

Incoming acceptance and product identification

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

4

Incoming acceptance and productidentification

4.1

Incoming acceptance
Are the order codes on thedelivery note (1) and the
product sticker (2) identical?

1
2

1
2

Are the goods undamaged?

Do the data on the
nameplate match theordering information on thedelivery note?

Order code:
Ser. no.:Ext. ord. cd.:

i

i

Date:

Is the envelope present withaccompanying documents?

• If one of the conditions is not satisfied, contact your Endress+Hauser Sales Center.
• The Technical Documentation is available via the Internet or via the Endress+Hauser
Operations App, see the "Product identification" section →  17.

4.2

Product identification

The following options are available for identification of the device:• Nameplate specifications• Order code with breakdown of the device features on the delivery note
• Enter the serial numbers from the nameplates in the Device Viewer(www.endress.com/deviceviewer): all the information about the device is displayed.
• Enter the serial numbers from the nameplates into the Endress+Hauser Operations App
or scan the DataMatrix code on the nameplate with the Endress+Hauser Operations App:
all the information about the device is displayed.

16

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Incoming acceptance and product identification

For an overview of the scope of the associated Technical Documentation, refer to thefollowing:• The chapters "Additional standard documentation on the device" and "Supplementarydevice-dependent documentation"• The Device Viewer: Enter the serial number from the nameplate(www.endress.com/deviceviewer)• The Endress+Hauser Operations App: Enter the serial number from the nameplate orscan the DataMatrix code on the nameplate.

4.2.1

Transmitter nameplate

Proline 500 – digital
1

2

3

4
18
17
16
15
14

Order code:
Ser. no.:Ext. ord. cd.:

5
6

i

13

7

Date:

i

12

11

10

9

8
A0029194

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

Endress+Hauser

Example of a transmitter nameplate
Name of the transmitter
Place of manufactureSpace for approvals: use in hazardous areas
Degree of protection
Electrical connection data: available inputs and outputs
Permitted ambient temperature (Ta)2-D matrix code
Space for approvals and certificates: e.g. CE mark, RCM tick
Permitted temperature range for cable
Date of manufacture: year-monthFirmware version (FW) and device revision (Dev.Rev.) from the factory
Document number of safety-related supplementary documentation
Space for additional information in the case of special products
Available inputs and outputs, supply voltage
Electrical connection data: supply voltage
Extended order code (Ext. ord. cd.)
Serial number (Ser. no.)Order code17Incoming acceptance and product identification

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Proline 500
1 2

3 4 5

Order code:
Ser. no.:Ext. ord. cd.:

20

6

19
7
18
17
16
15
14

8
i

i

Date:

13

12

11

9

10
A0029192

4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

18

Example of a transmitter nameplate
Place of manufacture
Name of the transmitter
Order code
Serial number (Ser. no.)Extended order code (Ext. ord. cd.)
Degree of protection
Space for approvals: use in hazardous areas
Electrical connection data: available inputs and outputs
2-D matrix code
Date of manufacture: year-month
Document number of safety-related supplementary documentation
Space for approvals and certificates: e.g. CE mark, RCM tick
Space for degree of protection of connection and electronics compartment when used in hazardous areas
Firmware version (FW) and device revision (Dev.Rev.) from the factory
Space for additional information in the case of special products
Permitted temperature range for cable
Permitted ambient temperature (Ta)Information on cable gland
Available inputs and outputs, supply voltage
Electrical connection data: supply voltage

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Incoming acceptance and product identification

4.2.2

Sensor nameplate
1

2
3
4
5

Order code:
Ser. no.:Ext. ord. cd.:

6

7
14
13
i

8

i
Date:

9
10

12

11
A0029199

5
1
2
3
4
5
6

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Example of a sensor nameplate
Name of the sensor
Place of manufacture
Order code
Serial number (Ser. no.)Extended order code (Ext. ord. cd.)
Nominal diameter of the sensor; flange nominal diameter/nominal pressure; sensor test pressure; medium
temperature range; material of measuring tube and manifold; sensor-specific information: e.g. pressure rangeof sensor housing, wide-range density specification (special density calibration)
Approval information for explosion protection, Pressure Equipment Directive and degree of protection
Flow direction
Manufacturing date: year-month2-D matrix code
Document number of safety-related supplementary documentation
CE mark, RCM-Tick markSurface roughness
Permitted ambient temperature (Ta)

Order code
The measuring device is reordered using the order code.
Extended order code
• The device type (product root) and basic specifications (mandatory features) arealways listed.
• Of the optional specifications (optional features), only the safety and approvalrelated specifications are listed (e.g. LA). If other optional specifications are alsoordered, these are indicated collectively using the # placeholder symbol (e.g. #LA#).
• If the ordered optional specifications do not include any safety and approval-related
specifications, they are indicated by the + placeholder symbol (e.g. XXXXXX-ABCDE+).

Endress+Hauser

19

Incoming acceptance and product identification

4.2.3
SymbolProline Promass Q 500 HART

Symbols on measuring device
MeaningWARNING!
This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result in serious
or fatal injury. To determine the nature of the potential hazard and the measures required to
avoid it, consult the documentation accompanying the measuring device.
Reference to documentation
Refers to the corresponding device documentation.
Protective ground connection
A terminal which must be connected to ground prior to establishing any other connections.

20

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Storage and transport

5

Storage and transport

5.1

Storage conditions

Observe the following notes for storage:‣ Store in the original packaging to ensure protection from shock.
‣ Do not remove protective covers or protective caps installed on process connections.
They prevent mechanical damage to the sealing surfaces and contamination in themeasuring pipe.
‣ Protect from direct sunlight to avoid unacceptably high surface temperatures.
‣ Store in a dry and dust-free place.
‣ Do not store outdoors.
Storage temperature →  235

5.2

Transporting the productTransport the measuring device to the measuring point in the original packaging.

A0029252

Do not remove protective covers or caps installed on process connections. They
prevent mechanical damage to the sealing surfaces and contamination in themeasuring tube.

5.2.1

Measuring devices without lifting lugs

LWARNING
Center of gravity of the measuring device is higher than the suspension points of the
webbing slings.
Risk of injury if the measuring device slips.
‣ Secure the measuring device against slipping or turning.
‣ Observe the weight specified on the packaging (stick-on label).

A0029214

Endress+Hauser

21

Mounting

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

5.2.2

Measuring devices with lifting lugs

LCAUTION
Special transportation instructions for devices with lifting lugs
‣ Only use the lifting lugs fitted on the device or flanges to transport the device.
‣ The device must always be secured at two lifting lugs at least.

5.2.3

Transporting with a fork lift

If transporting in wood crates, the floor structure enables the crates to be lifted lengthwise
or at both sides using a forklift.

5.3

Packaging disposal

All packaging materials are environmentally friendly and 100 % recyclable:• Outer packaging of device
Polymer stretch wrap, complying with EU Directive 2002/95/EC (RoHS)• Packaging• Wooden crate treated in accordance with ISPM 15 standard, confirmed by IPPC logo
• Cardboard box in accordance with European packaging guideline 94/62EC,
recyclability confirmed by Resy symbol• Carrying and securing materials• Disposable plastic pallet• Plastic straps• Plastic adhesive strips• Filler material
Paper pads

6

Mounting

6.1

Mounting requirements

6.1.1

Mounting position

Mounting location

A0028772

To prevent measuring errors arising from accumulation of gas bubbles in the measuring
pipe, avoid the following mounting locations in the piping:• Highest point of a pipeline.
• Directly upstream of a free pipe outlet in a down pipe.
22

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Mounting

Installation in down pipes
However, the following installation suggestion allows for installation in an open verticalpipeline. Pipe restrictions or the use of an orifice with a smaller cross-section than thenominal diameter prevent the sensor running empty while measurement is in progress.

1

2

3
4

5
A0028773

6
1
2
3
4
5

Installation in a down pipe (e.g. for batching applications)
Supply tankSensorOrifice plate, pipe restriction
Valve
Batching tankDNØ orifice plate, pipe restriction

[mm]

[in]

[mm]

[in]

25

1

14

0.55

50

2

28

1.10

80

3

50

1.97

100

4

65

2.60

150

6

90

3.54

200

8

120

4.72

250

10

150

5.91

Orientation
The direction of the arrow on the sensor nameplate helps you to install the sensor
according to the flow direction (direction of medium flow through the piping).
Orientation
A

Recommendation
1)

Vertical orientation

A0015591

B

2)

Horizontal orientation, transmitter at
top

Exception:→  7,  24
A0015589

Endress+Hauser

23

Mounting

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Orientation
C

Recommendation
3)

Horizontal orientation, transmitter atbottomException:→  7,  24
A0015590

D→  26 4)

Horizontal orientation, transmitter atside
A0015592

1)
2)
3)
4)

This orientation is recommended to ensure self-draining.
Applications with low process temperatures may reduce the ambient temperature. To maintain theminimum ambient temperature for the transmitter, this orientation is recommended.
Applications with high process temperatures may increase the ambient temperature. To maintain the
maximum ambient temperature for the transmitter, this orientation is recommended.
Not recommended for inhomogeneous media.

If a sensor is installed horizontally with a curved measuring tube, match the position of thesensor to the fluid properties.

1

2
A0028774

7
1
2

Orientation of sensor with curved measuring tube
Avoid this orientation for fluids with entrained solids: Risk of solids accumulating.
Avoid this orientation for outgassing fluids: Risk of gas accumulating.

Inlet and outlet runs
No special precautions need to be taken for fittings which create turbulence, such as
valves, elbows or T-pieces, as long as no cavitation occurs →  25.

A0029322

A0029323

Dimensions
For the dimensions and installed lengths of the device, see the "Technical Information"
document, "Mechanical construction" section

24

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Mounting

6.1.2

Environment and process requirements

Ambient temperature range
Measuring device• –40 to +60 °C (–40 to +140 °F)• Order code for "Test, certificate", option JP:–50 to +60 °C (–58 to +140 °F)• Order code for "Test, certificate", option JQ:• Sensor: –60 to +60 °C (–76 to +140 °F)• Transmitter: –50 to +60 °C (–58 to +140 °F)

Readability of thelocal display–20 to +60 °C (–4 to +140 °F)
The readability of the display may be impaired at temperatures outside the temperature
range.

Dependency of ambient temperature on medium temperature →  237‣ If operating outdoors:
Avoid direct sunlight, particularly in warm climatic regions.
You can order a weather protection cover from Endress+Hauser. →  214.
System pressure
It is important that cavitation does not occur, or that gases entrained in the liquids do not
outgas.
Cavitation is caused if the pressure drops below the vapor pressure:• In liquids that have a low boiling point (e.g. hydrocarbons, solvents, liquefied gases)• In suction lines‣ Ensure the system pressure is sufficiently high to prevent cavitation and outgassing.
For this reason, the following mounting locations are recommended:• At the lowest point in a vertical pipe
• Downstream from pumps (no danger of vacuum)

A0028777

Thermal insulation
In the case of some fluids, it is important to keep the heat radiated from the sensor to thetransmitter to a low level. A wide range of materials can be used for the required
insulation.
NOTICE
Electronics overheating on account of thermal insulation!
‣ Recommended orientation: horizontal orientation, sensor connection housing pointing
downwards.
‣ Do not insulate the sensor connection housing.
‣ Maximum permissible temperature at the lower end of the sensor connection housing:
80 °C (176 °F)‣ Thermal insulation with not isolated extended neck: We recommend that you do not
insulate the extended neck in order to ensure optimum dissipation of heat.
Endress+Hauser

25

Mounting

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

A0034391

8

Thermal insulation with not isolated extended neckLow-temperature version: It is generally not necessary to insulate the sensor
connection housing. If insulation is provided, the rules that apply are the same as
those for thermal insulation.
Heating
NOTICE
Electronics can overheat due to elevated ambient temperature!
‣ Observe maximum permitted ambient temperature for the transmitter.
‣ Depending on the medium temperature, take the device orientation requirements into
account.
NOTICE
Danger of overheating when heating‣ Ensure that the temperature at the lower end of the transmitter housing does notexceed 80 °C (176 °F).
‣ Ensure that sufficient convection takes place at the transmitter neck.
‣ When using in potentially explosive atmospheres, observe the information in thedevice-specific Ex documentation. For detailed information on the temperature tables,
see the separate document entitled "Safety Instructions" (XA) for the device.
Heating options
If a fluid requires that no heat loss should occur at the sensor, users can avail of thefollowing heating options:• Electrical heating, e.g. with electric band heaters 1)• Via pipes carrying hot water or steam• Via heating jackets
Vibrations
The operational reliability of the measuring system is not affected by plant vibrations.

6.1.3

Special mounting instructions

Drainability
When installed vertically, the measuring tubes can be drained completely and protectedagainst buildup.
Hygienic compatibility
When installing in hygienic applications, please refer to the information in the"Certificates and approvals/hygienic compatibility" section →  249

1)

26

The use of parallel electric band heaters is generally recommended (bidirectional electricity flow). Particular considerations must be made if asingle-wire heating cable is to be used. Additional information is provided in the document EA01339D "Installation instructions for electrical
trace heating systems".

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Mounting

Rupture disk
Process-related information: →  239.

LWARNING
Danger from medium escaping!
Medium escaping under pressure can cause injury or material damage.
‣ Take precautions to prevent danger to persons and damage if the rupture disk is
actuated.
‣ Observe the information on the rupture disk sticker.
‣ Make sure that the function and operation of the rupture disk is not impeded throughthe installation of the device.
‣ Do not use a heating jacket.
‣ Do not remove or damage the rupture disk.
The position of the rupture disk is indicated by a sticker affixed beside it.
The transportation guard must be removed.
The existing connecting nozzles are not intended for the purpose of rinsing or pressure
monitoring, but instead serve as the mounting location for the rupture disk.
In the event of a failure of the rupture disk, a drain device can be screwed onto the female
thread of the rupture disk in order to drain off any escaping medium.

i

RUPTURE DISK

1

2

3
A0030346

1
2
3

Rupture disk label
Rupture disk with 1/2" NPT female thread and 1" width across flats
Transport protection

For information on the dimensions, see the "Technical Information" document,"Mechanical construction" section (accessories).
Pitch and roll angles
If the device is used to measure the density of liquids, the pitch and roll angles must be
taken into account during installation.
For correct measurement, the pitch angle and roll angle must be determined duringcommissioning (with a tolerance of ±10 °) and entered: Installation angle pitch
parameter (→  139) and Installation angle roll parameter (→  139)
For detailed information on density measurement, see the Special Documentation forthe device →  255
Pitch angle
The technically relevant pitch angle is the angle shaded gray = –90 to +90 °.
Endress+Hauser

27

Mounting

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Example (blue): Installation of the device with a pitch angle α = +30 °+90°

α = +30°
0°–90°

A0040032

9

Side view with flow direction from left to right.

Roll angle
The technically relevant roll angle is the angle shaded gray = –180 to +180 °.
Example (blue): Installation of the device with a roll angle β = +45 °0°
β = +45°

–90°

+90°

+/–180°A0040033

 10

28

Top view in flow direction

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Mounting

203 (8.0)

243 (9.6)

213 (8.4)

39 (1.5)

Weather protection coverA0029552

 11

Weather protection cover for Proline 500 – digital; engineering unit mm (in)280 (11.0)

255 (10.0)

134 (5.3)

12 (0.47)

30 (1.18)

48 (1.9)

146 (5.75)

A0029553

 12

Weather protection cover for Proline 500; engineering unit mm (in)Cover locking: Proline 500
NOTICE
Order code "Transmitter housing", option L "Cast, stainless": The covers of thetransmitter housing are provided with a borehole to lock the cover.
The cover can be locked using screws and a chain or cable provided by the customer on
site.
‣ The use of stainless steel chains or cables is recommended.
‣ If a protective coating is applied, it is recommended to use a heat shrink tube to protect
the housing paint.

Endress+Hauser

29

Mounting

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

1
1

2

1
2

SW 2.51M3

5 (0.2) min. 15 (0.6)

A0029799

1
2

Cover borehole for the securing screw
Securing screw to lock the cover

6.2

Mounting the measuring device

6.2.1

Required tools

For transmitter
For mounting on a post:• Proline 500 – digital transmitter• Open-ended wrench AF 10• Torx screwdriver TX 25• Proline 500 transmitter
Open-ended wrench AF 13
For wall mounting:
Drill with drill bit ⌀ 6.0 mm
For sensor
For flanges and other process connections: use a suitable mounting tool

6.2.2

Preparing the measuring device

1.

Remove all remaining transport packaging.

2.

Remove any protective covers or protective caps present from the sensor.

3.

Remove stick-on label on the electronics compartment cover.

6.2.3

Mounting the measuring device

LWARNING
Danger due to improper process sealing!
‣ Ensure that the inside diameters of the gaskets are greater than or equal to that of theprocess connections and piping.
‣ Ensure that the seals are clean and undamaged.
‣ Secure the seals correctly.
1.

30

Ensure that the direction of the arrow on the nameplate of the sensor matches theflow direction of the medium.
Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Mounting

2.

Install the measuring device or turn the transmitter housing so that the cable entries
do not point upwards.
A0029263

6.2.4

Mounting the transmitter housing: Proline 500 – digital

LCAUTION
Ambient temperature too high!
Danger of electronics overheating and housing deformation.
‣ Do not exceed the permitted maximum ambient temperature .
‣ If operating outdoors: Avoid direct sunlight and exposure to weathering, particularly inwarm climatic regions.
LCAUTION
Excessive force can damage the housing!
‣ Avoid excessive mechanical stress.
The transmitter can be mounted in the following ways:• Post mounting• Wall mounting
Post mounting

LWARNING
Excessive tightening torque applied to the fixing screws!
Risk of damaging the plastic transmitter.
‣ Tighten the fixing screws as per the tightening torque: 2 Nm (1.5 lbf ft)

ø 20…70(ø 0.79…2.75)

4x

3x

TX 25

SW 10

~1

0

~4
2(

.0)

A0029051

 13

Endress+Hauser

Engineering unit mm (in)31

Mounting

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Wall mounting
17 (0.67)==

L

211 (8.31)

5.8 (0.23)

5.8 (0.23)
149 (5.85)
A0029054

 14
LEngineering unit mm (in)Depends on order code for "Transmitter housing"Order code for "Transmitter housing"• Option A, aluminum, coated: L =14 mm (0.55 in)• Option D, polycarbonate: L = 13 mm (0.51 in)1.

Drill the holes.

2.

Insert wall plugs into the drilled holes.

3.

Screw in the securing screws slightly.

4.

Fit the transmitter housing over the securing screws and hook into place.

5.

Tighten the securing screws.

6.2.5

Mounting the transmitter housing: Proline 500

LCAUTION
Ambient temperature too high!
Danger of electronics overheating and housing deformation.
‣ Do not exceed the permitted maximum ambient temperature .
‣ If operating outdoors: Avoid direct sunlight and exposure to weathering, particularly inwarm climatic regions.
LCAUTION
Excessive force can damage the housing!
‣ Avoid excessive mechanical stress.
The transmitter can be mounted in the following ways:• Post mounting• Wall mounting

32

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Mounting

Wall mounting! 18 (0.71)! 8.6 (0.39)

100 (3.94)! 10 (0.39)

20 (0.79)

100 (3.94)
A0029068

 15

Engineering unit mm (in)1.

Drill the holes.

2.

Insert wall plugs into the drilled holes.

3.

Screw in the securing screws slightly.

4.

Fit the transmitter housing over the securing screws and hook into place.

5.

Tighten the securing screws.

Post mounting

LWARNING
Order code for "Transmitter housing", option L "Cast, stainless": cast transmitters arevery heavy.
They are unstable if they are not mounted on a secure, fixed post.
‣ Only mount the transmitter on a secure, fixed post on a stable surface.

! 20…70 (! 0.79 to 2.75)

1

4x

SW 13

A0029057 16

Endress+Hauser

Engineering unit mm (in)33

Mounting

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

6.2.6

Turning the transmitter housing: Proline 500

To provide easier access to the connection compartment or display module, the transmitter
housing can be turned.
2.

A

1.

4 mm 7 Nm (5.2 lbf !)3.

AA0043150

 17

Ex housing

1.

Loosen the fixing screws.

2.

Turn the housing to the desired position.

3.

Tighten the securing screws.

6.2.7

Turning the display module: Proline 500

The display module can be turned to optimize display readability and operability.

n
f ne
öf

Nicht

Nicht

un
te r

un
te r

n
f ne
öf
ES

ES

C

C

–

–

+

+

ES

C

E

–

E

ar

e

E

ar

2.

3 mm

1.

e

+

3.
A0030035

34

1.

Depending on the device version: Loosen the securing clamp of the connection
compartment cover.

2.

Unscrew the connection compartment cover.

3.

Turn the display module to the desired position: max. 8 × 45° in each direction.

4.

Screw on the connection compartment cover.

5.

Depending on the device version: Attach the securing clamp of the connection
compartment cover.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Mounting

6.3

Post-installation check

Is the device undamaged (visual inspection)?



Does the measuring device conform to the measuring point specifications?
For example:• Process temperature →  237• Process pressure (refer to the section on "Pressure-temperature ratings" in the "Technical
Information" document)• Ambient temperature• Measuring range

Has the correct orientation for the sensor been selected ?
• According to sensor type
• According to medium temperature• According to medium properties (outgassing, with entrained solids)

Endress+Hauser



Does the arrow on the sensor nameplate match the direction of flow of the fluid through thepiping →  23?

Are the measuring point identification and labeling correct (visual inspection)?

Is the device adequately protected from precipitation and direct sunlight?



Are the securing screw and securing clamp tightened securely?



35

Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

7

Electrical connection

LWARNING
Live parts! Incorrect work performed on the electrical connections can result in anelectric shock.
‣ Set up a disconnecting device (switch or power-circuit breaker) to easily disconnect thedevice from the supply voltage.
‣ In addition to the device fuse, include an overcurrent protection unit with max. 10 A in
the plant installation.

7.1

Electrical safety

In accordance with applicable national regulations.

7.2

Connecting requirements

7.2.1

Required tools• For cable entries: Use corresponding tools• For securing clamp: Allen key 3 mm
• Wire stripper• When using stranded cables: crimper for wire end ferrule• For removing cables from terminal: Flat blade screwdriver ≤ 3 mm (0.12 in)

7.2.2

Requirements for connecting cable

The connecting cables provided by the customer must fulfill the following requirements.
Protective grounding cable for the outer ground terminal
Conductor cross-section < 2.1 mm2 (14 AWG)
The use of a cable lug enables the connection of larger cross-sections.
The grounding impedance must be less than 2 Ω.
Permitted temperature range• The installation guidelines that apply in the country of installation must be observed.
• The cables must be suitable for the minimum and maximum temperatures to be
expected.
Power supply cable (incl. conductor for the inner ground terminal)
Standard installation cable is sufficient.
Signal cable
Current output 4 to 20 mA HARTA shielded cable is recommended. Observe grounding concept of the plant.
Current output 0/4 to 20 mA• Standard installation cable is sufficient• For custody transfer measurement, use a shielded cable: tin-plated copper braid, optical
cover ≥ 85 %36

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Electrical connection

Pulse /frequency /switch output• Standard installation cable is sufficient• For custody transfer measurement, use a shielded cable: tin-plated copper braid, optical
cover ≥ 85 %Double pulse output• Standard installation cable is sufficient• For custody transfer measurement, use a shielded cable: tin-plated copper braid, optical
cover ≥ 85 %Relay output
Standard installation cable is sufficient.
Current input 0/4 to 20 mA• Standard installation cable is sufficient• For custody transfer measurement, use a shielded cable: tin-plated copper braid, optical
cover ≥ 85 %Status input• Standard installation cable is sufficient• For custody transfer measurement, use a shielded cable: tin-plated copper braid, optical
cover ≥ 85 %Cable diameter• Cable glands supplied:
M20 × 1.5 with cable ⌀ 6 to 12 mm (0.24 to 0.47 in)• Spring-loaded terminals: Suitable for strands and strands with ferrules.
Conductor cross-section 0.2 to 2.5 mm2 (24 to 12 AWG).
Choice of connecting cable between the transmitter and sensor
Depends on the type of transmitter and the installation zones

Endress+Hauser

37

Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

4
1

1

A
3

2

1

5
A
3

B
1

C
3

B
3

3

2

6
C
3
A0032476

1
2
3
4
5
6
A

B

C

Proline 500 digital transmitter
Proline 500 transmitter
Sensor Promass
Non-hazardous area
Hazardous area: Zone 2; Class I, Division 2
Hazardous area: Zone 1; Class I, Division 1
Standard cable to 500 digital transmitter →  38
Transmitter installed in the non-hazardous area or hazardous area: Zone 2; Class I, Division 2 / sensor
installed in the hazardous area: Zone 2; Class I, Division 2Standard cable to 500 digital transmitter →  39
Transmitter installed in the hazardous area: Zone 2; Class I, Division 2 / sensor installed in the hazardous
area: Zone 1; Class I, Division 1
Signal cable to 500 transmitter →  41
Transmitter and sensor installed in the hazardous area: Zone 2; Class I, Division 2 or Zone 1;
Class I, Division 1

A: Connecting cable between sensor and transmitter: Proline 500 – digital
Standard cable
A standard cable with the following specifications can be used as the connecting cable.

38

Design4 cores (2 pairs); uninsulated stranded CU wires; pair-stranded with common
shieldShieldingTin-plated copper braid, optical cover ≥ 85 %Loop resistancePower supply line (+, –): maximum 10 Ω

Cable length

Maximum 300 m (900 ft), see the following table.

Cross-section

Cable length [max.]

0.34 mm2 (AWG 22)

80 m (240 ft)

0.50 mm2 (AWG 20)

120 m (360 ft)

0.75 mm2 (AWG 18)

180 m (540 ft)

1.00 mm2 (AWG 17)

240 m (720 ft)

1.50 mm2 (AWG 15)

300 m (900 ft)

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Electrical connection

Optionally available connecting cable
Design2 × 2 × 0.34 mm2 (AWG 22) PVC cable 1) with common shield (2 pairs,
uninsulated stranded CU wires; pair-stranded)

Flame resistanceAccording to DIN EN 60332-1-2

Oil-resistanceAccording to DIN EN 60811-2-1

ShieldingTin-plated copper braid, optical cover ≥ 85 %Operating temperature

When mounted in a fixed position: –50 to +105 °C (–58 to +221 °F); when cable
can move freely: –25 to +105 °C (–13 to +221 °F)

Available cable length

Fixed: 20 m (60 ft); variable: up to maximum 50 m (150 ft)

1)

UV radiation can impair the cable outer sheath. Protect the cable from direct sunshine where possible.

B: Connecting cable between sensor and transmitter: Proline 500 - digital
Standard cable
A standard cable with the following specifications can be used as the connecting cable.

Endress+Hauser

Design4, 6, 8 cores (2, 3, 4 pairs); uninsulated stranded CU wires; pair-stranded with
common shield

ShieldingTin-plated copper braid, optical cover ≥ 85 %Capacitance C

Maximum 760 nF IIC, maximum 4.2 µF IIB

Inductance L

Maximum 26 µH IIC, maximum 104 µH IIB

Inductance/resistanceratio (L/R)

Maximum 8.9 µH/Ω IIC, maximum 35.6 µH/Ω IIB (e.g. according to IEC
60079-25)

Loop resistancePower supply line (+, –): maximum 5 Ω

Cable length

Maximum 150 m (450 ft), see the following table.

39

Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Cross-section

Cable length [max.]

Termination

2 x 2 x 0.50 mm2(AWG 20)50 m (150 ft)

2 x 2 x 0.50 mm2 (AWG 20)

BN WT YE GN

A
B
GY• +, – = 0.5 mm2• A, B = 0.5 mm2
3 x 2 x 0.50 mm2(AWG 20)100 m (300 ft)

3 x 2 x 0.50 mm2 (AWG 20)

BN WT GY PK YE GN

A
B
GY• +, – = 1.0 mm2• A, B = 0.5 mm2
4 x 2 x 0.50 mm2(AWG 20)150 m (450 ft)

4 x 2 x 0.50 mm2 (AWG 20)

BN WT GY PK RD BU

A
B
GY

YE GN

• +, – = 1.5 mm2• A, B = 0.5 mm2

Optionally available connecting cable
Connecting cable forZone 1; Class I, Division 1

Standard cable2 × 2 × 0.5 mm2 (AWG 20) PVC cable 1) with common shield (2 pairs, pairstranded)

Flame resistanceAccording to DIN EN 60332-1-2

Oil-resistanceAccording to DIN EN 60811-2-1

ShieldingTin-plated copper braid, optical cover ≥ 85 %Operating temperature

When mounted in a fixed position: –50 to +105 °C (–58 to +221 °F); when cable
can move freely: –25 to +105 °C (–13 to +221 °F)

Available cable length

Fixed: 20 m (60 ft); variable: up to maximum 50 m (150 ft)

1)

40

UV radiation can impair the cable outer sheath. Protect the cable from direct sunshine where possible.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Electrical connection

C: Connecting cable between sensor and transmitter: Proline 500
7 × 0.38 mm2 PUR cable 1) with individual shielded cores and common
copper shield

DesignWith order code for «Approval; transmitter; sensor», options AA, BS, CS,
CZ, GR, GS, MS, NS, UR, US:
7 × 0.38 mm2 PVC cable 1) with individual shielded cores and common
copper shield
Conductor resistance≤ 50 Ω/km (0.015 Ω/ft)

Capacitance: core/shield≤ 420 pF/m (128 pF/ft)

Cable length (max.)

20 m (60 ft)

Cable lengths (available fororder)

5 m (15 ft), 10 m (30 ft), 20 m (60 ft)

Cable diameter

11 mm (0.43 in) ± 0.5 mm (0.02 in)Operating temperature

Depends on the device version and how the cable is installed:• Standard version:• Cable - fixed installation: –40 to +105 °C (–40 to +221 °F)• Cable - movable: –25 to +105 °C (–13 to +221 °F)• Order code for "Test, certificate", option JP:• Cable - fixed installation: –50 to +105 °C (–58 to +221 °F)• Cable - movable: –25 to +105 °C (–13 to +221 °F)• Order code for "Test, certificate", option JQ:• Cable - fixed installation: –60 to +105 °C (–76 to +221 °F)• Cable - movable: –25 to +105 °C (–13 to +221 °F)

1)UV radiation can impair the cable outer sheath. Protect the cable from direct sunshine where possible.

7.2.3

Terminal assignment

Transmitter: supply voltage, input/outputs
The terminal assignment of the inputs and outputs depends on the individual orderversion of the device. The device-specific terminal assignment is documented on anadhesive label in the terminal cover.
Supply voltage
1 (+)

2 (–)

Input/output
1
26 (+)

27 (–)

Input/output
2
24 (+)

25 (–)

Input/output
3
22 (+)

23 (–)

Input/output
4
20 (+)

21 (–)

Device-specific terminal assignment: adhesive label in terminal cover.

Transmitter and sensor connection housing: connecting cable
The sensor and transmitter, which are mounted in separate locations, are interconnectedby a connecting cable. The cable is connected via the sensor connection housing and thetransmitter housing.
Terminal assignment and connection of the connecting cable:• Proline 500 – digital→  43
• Proline 500 →  50

7.2.4

Preparing the measuring device

Carry out the steps in the following order:

Endress+Hauser

1.

Mount the sensor and transmitter.

2.

Sensor connection housing: Connect connecting cable.

3.

Transmitter: Connect connecting cable.

41

Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

4.

Transmitter: Connect signal cable and cable for supply voltage.

NOTICE
Insufficient sealing of the housing!
Operational reliability of the measuring device could be compromised.
‣ Use suitable cable glands corresponding to the degree of protection.

42

1.

Remove dummy plug if present.

2.

If the measuring device is supplied without cable glands:
Provide suitable cable gland for corresponding connecting cable.

3.

If the measuring device is supplied with cable glands:
Observe requirements for connecting cables →  36.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Electrical connection

7.3

Connecting the measuring device: Proline 500 –digitalNOTICE
Limitation of electrical safety due to incorrect connection!
‣ Have electrical connection work carried out by appropriately trained specialists only.
‣ Observe applicable federal/national installation codes and regulations.
‣ Comply with local workplace safety regulations.
‣ Always connect the protective ground cable  before connecting additional cables.
‣ For use in potentially explosive atmospheres, observe the information in the devicespecific Ex documentation.

7.3.1

Connecting the connecting cable

LWARNING
Risk of damaging electronic components!
‣ Connect the sensor and transmitter to the same potential equalization.
‣ Only connect the sensor to a transmitter with the same serial number.
Connecting cable terminal assignment
1
2

3
5
6

+ – B A61 62 63 64

4

62 61 64 63

4

–

+

A

B

A0028198

1
2
3
4
5
6

Cable entry for cable on transmitter housing
Protective earth (PE)Connecting cable ISEM communication
Grounding via ground connection; on device plug versions grounding is through the plug itself
Cable entry for cable or connection of device plug on sensor connection housing
Protective earth (PE)Connecting the connecting cable to the sensor connection housing• Connection via terminals with order code for "Sensor connection housing":• Option A "Aluminum, coated" →  44
• Option B "Stainless" →  45
• Option L "Cast, stainless" →  44
• Connection via connectors with order code for "Sensor connection housing":
Option C "Ultra-compact hygienic, stainless" →  46
Connecting the connecting cable to the transmitter
The cable is connected to the transmitter via terminals →  47.

Endress+Hauser

43Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Connecting the sensor connection housing via terminals
For the device version with the order code for "Sensor connection housing":• Option A "Aluminum coated"• Option L "Cast, stainless"2.
10 (0.4)

3 mm

1.

TX 20

5.
7.

22 mm

3.

24 mm

6.
A0029616

1.

Loosen the securing clamp of the housing cover.

2.

Unscrew the housing cover.

3.

Push the cable through the cable entry. To ensure tight sealing, do not remove thesealing ring from the cable entry.

4.

Strip the cable and cable ends. In the case of stranded cables, fit ferrules.

5.

Connect the protective ground.

6.

Connect the cable in accordance with the connecting cable terminal assignment.

7.

Firmly tighten the cable glands.
 This concludes the process for connecting the connecting cable.

LWARNING
Housing degree of protection voided due to insufficient sealing of the housing.
‣ Screw in the thread on the cover without using any lubricant. The thread on the cover iscoated with a dry lubricant.

44

8.

Screw on the housing cover.

9.

Tighten the securing clamp of the housing cover.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Electrical connection

Connecting the sensor connection housing via terminals
For the device version with the order code for "Sensor connection housing":
Option B "Stainless"2.
10 (0.4)

1.
8 mm

5.
7.

22 mm

3.

24 mm

6.
A0029613

Endress+Hauser

1.

Release the securing screw of the housing cover.

2.

Open the housing cover.

3.

Push the cable through the cable entry . To ensure tight sealing, do not remove thesealing ring from the cable entry.

4.

Strip the cable and cable ends. In the case of stranded cables, fit ferrules.

5.

Connect the protective ground.

6.

Connect the cable in accordance with the connecting cable terminal assignment.

7.

Firmly tighten the cable glands.
 This concludes the process for connecting the connecting cable.

8.

Close the housing cover.

9.

Tighten the securing screw of the housing cover.

45Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Connecting the sensor connection housing via the connector
For the device version with the order code for "Sensor connection housing":
Option C "Ultra-compact hygienic, stainless"1.

2.

A0029615

46

1.

Connect the protective ground.

2.

Connect the connector.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Electrical connection

Connecting the connecting cable to the transmitter
1. 4 x

3.

TX 20

2.

5.

8.

4.
10 (0.4)
22 mm
24 mm

7.

6.
A0029597

1.

Loosen the 4 fixing screws on the housing cover.

2.

Open the housing cover.

3.

Fold open the terminal cover.

4.

Push the cable through the cable entry. To ensure tight sealing, do not remove thesealing ring from the cable entry.

5.

Strip the cable and cable ends. In the case of stranded cables, fit ferrules.

6.

Connect the protective ground.

7.

Connect the cable according to the terminal assignment for the connecting cable→  43.

8.

Firmly tighten the cable glands.
 This concludes the process for connecting the connecting cable.

9.

Close the housing cover.

10. Tighten the securing screw of the housing cover.
11. After connecting the connecting cable:
Connect the signal cable and the supply voltage cable →  48.

Endress+Hauser

47

Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

7.3.2

Connecting the signal cable and the supply voltage cable1

2 3 6 4

5
A0028200

1
2
3
4
5
6

Terminal connection for supply voltage
Terminal connection for signal transmission, input/output
Terminal connection for signal transmission, input/output
Terminal connection for connecting cable between sensor and transmitter
Terminal connection for signal transmission, input/output; optional: connection for external WLAN antenna
Protective earth (PE)

1. 4 x

3.

TX 20

2.

5.

8.

4.
10 (0.4)
22 mm
24 mm

7.

6.
A0029597

1.

Loosen the 4 fixing screws on the housing cover.

2.

Open the housing cover.

3.

Fold open the terminal cover.

4.

Push the cable through the cable entry. To ensure tight sealing, do not remove thesealing ring from the cable entry.

5.

Strip the cable and cable ends. In the case of stranded cables, fit ferrules.

6.

Connect the protective ground.

7.

Connect the cable in accordance with the terminal assignment .
 Signal cable terminal assignment: The device-specific terminal assignment isdocumented on an adhesive label in the terminal cover.
Supply voltage terminal assignment: Adhesive label in the terminal cover or→  41.

8.

Firmly tighten the cable glands.
 This concludes the cable connection process.

9.

Close the terminal cover.

10. Close the housing cover.

48

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Electrical connection

LWARNING
Housing degree of protection may be voided due to insufficient sealing of the housing.

‣ Screw in the screw without using any lubricant.
LWARNING

Excessive tightening torque applied to the fixing screws!
Risk of damaging the plastic transmitter.
‣ Tighten the fixing screws as per the tightening torque: 2 Nm (1.5 lbf ft)
11. Tighten the 4 fixing screws on the housing cover.
Removing a cable

3 (0.12)1.

2.

A0029598 18

Endress+Hauser

Engineering unit mm (in)1.

To remove a cable from the terminal, use a flat-blade screwdriver to push the slot
between the two terminal holes2.

while simultaneously pulling the cable end out of the terminal.

49

Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

7.4

Connecting the measuring device: Proline 500

NOTICE
Limitation of electrical safety due to incorrect connection!
‣ Have electrical connection work carried out by appropriately trained specialists only.
‣ Observe applicable federal/national installation codes and regulations.
‣ Comply with local workplace safety regulations.
‣ Always connect the protective ground cable  before connecting additional cables.
‣ For use in potentially explosive atmospheres, observe the information in the devicespecific Ex documentation.

7.4.1

Connecting the connecting cable

LWARNING
Risk of damaging electronic components!
‣ Connect the sensor and transmitter to the same potential equalization.
‣ Only connect the sensor to a transmitter with the same serial number.

50

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Electrical connection

Connecting cable terminal assignment
The number of connecting cables depends on the nominal diameter of the device. For
devices with nominal diameters DN ≥150 mm (6 in), an additional, second connecting
cable is required.
First connecting cable for all nominal diameters
TM2 TT TT TM TM GND S2 S2 S1 S1
+
+
+
+
TM2 +
7 6 5 4
X4 X3 12 11 10 9 8

ER ER
+
42 41

7 6 5 4
X4 X3 12 11 10 9 8
TM2 +
+
+
+
+
TM2 TT TT TM TM GND S2 S2 S1 S1

42 41
+
ER ER

1
2
3
4
5

A0046886

1
2
3
4
5

Terminal connection for potential equalization (PE)
Cable entry for connecting cable on transmitter connection housing
Connecting cable
Cable entry for connecting cable on sensor connection housing
Terminal connection for potential equalization (PE)

Additional, second connecting cable for nominal diameters DN ≥150 mm (6 in)
S22 S22 S21 S21 E2 E2+++
X8 X7 X6 X5 X1 X2
12
3

X8 X7 X6 X5 X1 X2+++
S22 S22 S21 S21 E2 E2
A0046894

1
2
3

Cable entry for second connecting cable on transmitter connection housing
Second connecting cable
Cable entry for second connecting cable on sensor connection housing

Connecting the connecting cable to the sensor connection housing
Connection via terminals with order code for "Housing":• Option B "Stainless" →  53
• Option L "Cast, stainless" →  52

Endress+Hauser

51

Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Connecting the sensor connection housing via terminals
For the device version with the order code for "Housing":
Option L "Cast, stainless"2.
10 (0.4)

1.
3 mm

5.
7.

22 mm

3.

24 mm

6.
A0029612

1.

Loosen the securing clamp of the housing cover.

2.

Unscrew the housing cover.

3.

Push the cable through the cable entry . To ensure tight sealing, do not remove thesealing ring from the cable entry.

4.

Strip the cable and cable ends. In the case of stranded cables, fit ferrules.

5.

Connect the protective ground.

6.

Connect the cable in accordance with the connecting cable terminal assignment.

7.

Firmly tighten the cable glands.
 This concludes the process for connecting the connecting cable.

LWARNING
Housing degree of protection voided due to insufficient sealing of the housing.
‣ Screw in the thread on the cover without using any lubricant. The thread on the cover iscoated with a dry lubricant.

52

8.

Screw on the housing cover.

9.

Tighten the securing clamp of the housing cover.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Electrical connection

Connecting the sensor connection housing via terminals
For the device version with the order code for "Housing":
Option B "Stainless"2.
10 (0.4)

1.
8 mm

5.
7.

22 mm

3.

24 mm

6.
A0029613

Endress+Hauser

1.

Release the securing screw of the housing cover.

2.

Open the housing cover.

3.

Push the cable through the cable entry . To ensure tight sealing, do not remove thesealing ring from the cable entry.

4.

Strip the cable and cable ends. In the case of stranded cables, fit ferrules.

5.

Connect the protective ground.

6.

Connect the cable in accordance with the connecting cable terminal assignment.

7.

Firmly tighten the cable glands.
 This concludes the process for connecting the connecting cable.

8.

Close the housing cover.

9.

Tighten the securing screw of the housing cover.

53

Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Attaching the connecting cable to the transmitter

10 (0.4)

n
fne
öf

5.

e

Nicht

un
te r

3.

ar

3 mm
circ

1.

Nic
u
ht

nte

r

2.

6.

arealive
uits

7.

22 mm
24 mm
A0029592

1.

Loosen the securing clamp of the connection compartment cover.

2.

Unscrew the connection compartment cover.

3.

Push the cable through the cable entry. To ensure tight sealing, do not remove thesealing ring from the cable entry.

4.

Strip the cable and cable ends. In the case of stranded cables, also fit ferrules.

5.

Connect the protective ground.

6.

Connect the cable in accordance with the connecting cable terminal assignment .

7.

Firmly tighten the cable glands.
 This concludes the process for attaching the connecting cable.

8.

Screw on the connection compartment cover.

9.

Tighten the securing clamp of the connection compartment cover.

10. After connecting the connecting cable:
Connect the signal cable and the supply voltage cable →  55.

54

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Electrical connection

7.4.2

Connecting the signal cable and the supply voltage cable
1
2
3
4A0026781

1
2
3
4

Terminal connection for supply voltage
Terminal connection for signal transmission, input/output
Terminal connection for signal transmission, input/output or terminal connection for network connection via
service interface (CDI-RJ45)
Protective earth (PE)

3.
n
f ne
öf

Nicht

Nicht

un
ter

un
te r

n
f ne
öf
ES

C

ES
C

–

–

+

+

E

E
ES
C

+

ar

ar

4.

1.

3 mm

2.

e

e

–

E

3.
A0029813

1.

Loosen the securing clamp of the connection compartment cover.

2.

Unscrew the connection compartment cover.

3.

Squeeze the tabs of the display module holder together.

4.

Remove the display module holder.

Ni
Spcht Powan un
Do nu te er
en no ngr
er t op öffn
Ne gizeso pa den when
us s outens vr en
ionir

un
te r

6.

er
Powr ente fn nun g öf whe
enichtnnunNpat op
d vrir
S nozeDoergis ouionene patens
N us
so

I/O

Nicht

un
te r

Nicht

I/O

n
f ne
öf

n
f ne
öf

Ni
Spcht Powan un
Do nu te er
en no ngr
er t op öffn
Ne gizeso pa den when
us s outens vr en
ionir

e

e

I/O

ar

ar

ES

ES
C

C

–

–
+

+
E

E

5.
A0029814

Endress+Hauser

5.

Attach the holder to the edge of the electronics compartment.

6.

Open the terminal cover.

55Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 HART8.

10 (0.4)

7.

e

Nicht

un
ter

n
f ne
öf

mm (in)

ar
ES

C

–
+

9.

E

A0029815

7.

Push the cable through the cable entry. To ensure tight sealing, do not remove thesealing ring from the cable entry.

8.

Strip the cable and cable ends. In the case of stranded cables, also fit ferrules.

9.

Connect the protective ground.

11.

n
f ne
öf

Nicht

un
te r

22 mm

e

24 mm
ar
ES
C

–
+
E

10.
A0029816

10. Connect the cable according to the terminal assignment.
 Signal cable terminal assignment: The device-specific terminal assignment isdocumented on an adhesive label in the terminal cover.
Supply voltage terminal assignment: Adhesive label in the terminal cover or→  41.
11. Firmly tighten the cable glands.
 This concludes the cable connection process.
12. Close the terminal cover.
13. Fit the display module holder in the electronics compartment.
14. Screw on the connection compartment cover.
15. Secure the securing clamp of the connection compartment cover.

56

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Electrical connection

Removing a cable

3 (0.12)1.

2.

A0029598

 19Engineering unit mm (in)1.

To remove a cable from the terminal, use a flat-blade screwdriver to push the slot
between the two terminal holes2.

while simultaneously pulling the cable end out of the terminal.

7.5

Potential equalization

7.5.1

Requirements

For potential equalization:• Pay attention to in-house grounding concepts• Take account of operating conditions like the pipe material and grounding• Connect the medium, sensor and transmitter to the same electrical potential• Use a ground cable with a minimum cross-section of 6 mm2 (0.0093 in2) and a cable lug
for potential equalization connections
For devices intended for use in hazardous locations, please observe the guidelines inthe Ex documentation (XA).

Endress+Hauser

57

Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

7.6

Special connection instructions

7.6.1

Connection examples

Current output 4 to 20 mA HART
1

2

3
4...20 mA
6

4

5
A0029055

 20
1
2
3
4
5
6

Connection example for 4 to 20 mA HART current output (active)

Automation system with current input (e.g. PLC)
Cable shield provided at one end. The cable shield must be grounded at both ends to comply with EMC
requirements; observe cable specifications
Connection for HART operating devices →  85
Resistor for HART communication (≥ 250 Ω): observe maximum load →  222
Analog display unit: observe maximum load →  222
Transmitter

1

2

3

4

5
4...20 mA

A0028762

 21
1
2
3
4
5

58

Connection example for 4 to 20 mA HART current output (passive)

Automation system with current input (e.g. PLC)
Power supply
Cable shield provided at one end. The cable shield must be grounded at both ends to comply with EMC
requirements; observe cable specifications
Analog display unit: observe maximum load →  222
Transmitter

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Electrical connection

HART input
1

2

4

3

6
4...20 mA

5

2

3
A0028763

 22
1
2
3
4
5
6

Connection example for HART input with a common negative (passive)

Automation system with HART output (e.g. PLC)
Active barrier for power supply (e.g. RN221N)
Cable shield provided at one end. The cable shield must be grounded at both ends to comply with EMC
requirements; observe cable specifications
Analog display unit: observe maximum load →  222
Pressure transmitter (e.g. Cerabar M, Cerabar S): see requirements
Transmitter

Current output 4-20 mA
1

2

3
4...20 mA
A0028758

 23
1
2
3

Connection example for 4-20 mA current output (active)

Automation system with current input (e.g. PLC)
Analog display unit: observe maximum load →  222
Transmitter

1

2

3

4
4...20 mA

A0028759

 24
1
2
3
4

Endress+Hauser

Connection example for 4-20 mA current output (passive)

Automation system with current input (e.g. PLC)
Active barrier for power supply (e.g. RN221N)
Analog display unit: observe maximum load →  222
Transmitter

59Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Pulse/frequency output

1

2

3

12345
A0028761

 25
1
2
3

Connection example for pulse/frequency output (passive)

Automation system with pulse/frequency input (e.g. PLC with 10 kΩ pull-up or pull-down resistor)
Power supply
Transmitter: observe input values →  224

Switch output

1

2

3

A0028760

 26
1
2
3

Connection example for switch output (passive)

Automation system with switch input (e.g. PLC with a 10 kΩ pull-up or pull-down resistor)
Power supply
Transmitter: observe input values →  224

Double pulse output
1

3

2

4
A0029280

 27
1
2
3
4

60

Connection example for double pulse output (active)

Automation system with double pulse input (e.g. PLC)
Transmitter: observe input values →  225
Double pulse output
Double pulse output (slave), phase-shifted

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Electrical connection

2
1

4

3

5
A0029279

 28
1
2
3
4
5

Connection example for double pulse output (passive)

Automation system with double pulse input (e.g. PLC with a 10 kΩ pull-up or pull-down resistor)
Power supply
Transmitter: observe input values →  225
Double pulse output
Double pulse output (slave), phase-shifted

Relay output

1

2

3

A0028760

 29
1
2
3

Connection example for relay output (passive)

Automation system with relay input (e.g. PLC)
Power supply
Transmitter: observe input values →  226

Current input
1

2

3

4

A0028915

 30
1
2
3
4

Endress+Hauser

Connection example for 4 to 20 mA current input

Power supply
Terminal box
External measuring device (to read in pressure or temperature, for instance)
Transmitter

61

Electrical connection

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Status input

1

2

3

A0028764

 31
1
2
3

Connection example for status input

Automation system with status output (e.g. PLC)
Power supply
Transmitter

7.7

Ensuring the degree of protection

The measuring device fulfills all the requirements for the degree of protection IP66/67,
Type 4X enclosure.
To guarantee the degree of protection IP66/67, Type 4X enclosure, carry out the following
steps after the electrical connection:
1.

Check that the housing seals are clean and fitted correctly.

2.

Dry, clean or replace the seals if necessary.

3.

Tighten all housing screws and screw covers.

4.

Firmly tighten the cable glands.

5.

To ensure that moisture does not enter the cable entry:
Route the cable so that it loops down before the cable entry ("water trap").
A00292786.

7.8

Insert dummy plugs (corresponding to the housing degree of protection) into unused
cable entries.

Post-connection check

Are cables or the device undamaged (visual inspection)?

Is the protective earthing established correctly?

62

Do the cables used comply with the requirements ?

Do the mounted cables have adequate strain relief?



Are all cable glands installed, securely tightened and leak-tight? Cable run with "water trap"→  62?

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Electrical connection

Is the terminal assignment correct ?

Are dummy plugs inserted in unused cable entries and have transportation plugs been replacedwith dummy plugs?

Endress+Hauser

63

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

8

Operation options

8.1

Overview of operation options

ESC

-

+

1

E

2

3

4

5

6
A0034513

1
2
3
4
5
6

64

Local operation via display module
Computer with Web browser (e.g. Internet Explorer) or with operating tool (e.g. FieldCare, DeviceCare, AMS
Device Manager, SIMATIC PDM)
Field Xpert SFX350 or SFX370
Field Xpert SMT70
Mobile handheld terminal
Control system (e.g. PLC)

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation options

8.2

Structure and function of the operating menu

8.2.1

Structure of the operating menu

For an overview of the operating menu for experts: see the "Description of Device
Parameters" document supplied with the device →  254

Operating menu for operators and maintenances
Language
Operatation!
Language

Operator

Parameter 1
Parameter n
Submenu 1
Submenu n
Setup

Device tag

Wizard n / Parameter nAdvanced setup

Enter access code
Parameter 1

Task-oriented

Maintenance

Wizard 1 / Parameter 1

Parameter n
Submenu 1
Submenu n
Diagnostics

Parameter 1
Parameter n
Submenu 1
Submenu nOperating menu for experts
ExpertAccess status display
Parameter n

Sensor
Input
OutputCommunication

Function-oriented

ExpertSystemApplication
Diagnostics

A0018237-EN

 32

Endress+Hauser

Schematic structure of the operating menu

65

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

8.2.2

Operating philosophy

The individual parts of the operating menu are assigned to certain user roles (operator,
maintenance etc.). Each user role contains typical tasks within the device lifecycle.
For custody transfer, once the device has been put into circulation or sealed, its
operation is restricted.
Menu/parameter
Language

Operation
Setup

task-oriented

User role and tasks

Content/meaning

Role "Operator", "Maintenance"
Tasks during operation:• Configuration of the operational
display• Reading measured values• Defining the operating language• Defining the Web server operating language• Resetting and controlling totalizers"Maintenance" roleCommissioning:• Configuration of themeasurement• Configuration of the inputs andoutputs• Configuration of thecommunication interface

Wizards for fast commissioning:• Configuration of the system units• Configuration of the communication interface• Definition of the medium• Displaying the I/O configuration• Configuration of the inputs• Configuration of the outputs• Configuration of the operational display• Configuration of the low flow cut off• Configuration of the detection of partially filled and empty pipes• Configuring the operational display (e.g. display format, display contrast)• Resetting and controlling totalizers

Advanced setup• For more customized configuration of the measurement (adaptation to
special measuring conditions)• Configuration of totalizers• Configuration of WLAN settings• Administration (define access code, reset measuring device)
Diagnostics

66"Maintenance" role
Troubleshooting:• Diagnostics and elimination ofprocess and device errors• Measured value simulation

Contains all parameters for error detection and analyzing process and device
errors:• Diagnostic list
Contains up to 5 currently pending diagnostic messages.
• Event logbook
Contains event messages that have occurred.
• Device information
Contains information for identifying the device.
• Measured values
Contains all current measured values.
• Data logging submenu with the "Extended HistoROM" order option
Storage and visualization of measured values• Heartbeat
The functionality of the device is checked on demand and the verification
results are documented.
• Simulation
Is used to simulate measured values or output values.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation options

Menu/parameter
Expertfunction-oriented

User role and tasks

Content/meaning

Tasks that require detailed
knowledge of the function of thedevice:• Commissioning measurements
under difficult conditions• Optimal adaptation of themeasurement to difficult
conditions• Detailed configuration of thecommunication interface• Error diagnostics in difficult cases

Contains all the parameters of the device and makes it possible to accessthese parameters directly using an access code. The structure of this menu isbased on the function blocks of the device:• SystemContains all higher-level device parameters that do not pertain either tothe measurement or to measured value communication.
• Sensor
Configuration of the measurement.
• Input
Configuration of the status input.
• Output
Configuration of the analog current outputs as well as the pulse/frequency
and switch output.
• Communication
Configuration of the digital communication interface and the Web server.
• Application
Configuration of the functions that go beyond the actual measurement(e.g. totalizer).
• Diagnostics
Error detection and analysis of process and device errors and for device
simulation and Heartbeat Technology.

8.3

Access to the operating menu via the local display

8.3.1

Operational display
1
2

XXXXXXXXX

4F

31120.50kg/h

5A0029348

1
2
3
4
5

Operational display
Device tag
Status area
Display area for measured values (4-line)
Operating elements →  73

Status area
The following symbols appear in the status area of the operational display at the top right:• Status signals→  192• F: Failure• C: Function check• S: Out of specification• M: Maintenance required• Diagnostic behavior→  193• : Alarm• : Warning• : Locking (the device is locked via the hardware )• : Communication (communication via remote operation is active)

Endress+Hauser

67

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Display area
In the display area, each measured value is prefaced by certain symbol types for further
description:
Measured variable

Measurement channel
numberDiagnostic behavior

↓

↓

↓

ExampleAppears only if a diagnostics
event is present for thismeasured variable.

Measured variables
SymbolMeaning
Mass flow• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Density• Reference density
Temperature
Totalizer
The measurement channel number indicates which of the three totalizers is displayed.
Output The measurement channel number indicates which of the outputs is displayed.
Status input

Measurement channel numbers
SymbolMeaning
Measurement channel 1 to 4

The measurement channel number is displayed only if more than one channel is present for the same measured
variable type (e.g. Totalizer 1 to 3).

Diagnostic behavior
The diagnostic behavior pertains to a diagnostic event that is relevant to the displayed measured variable.
For information on the symbols →  193

The number and display format of the measured values can be configured via theFormat display parameter (→  130).

68

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation options

8.3.2

2

Navigation view
In the submenu

In the wizard

1

10091-1/../Operation
Access stat.disp

3

2

3

/../Select medium
Select medium

Operator
Locking status
Display

Liquid4

4

5

5A0013993-EN

1
2
3
4
5

A0013995-EN

Navigation view
Navigation path to current position
Status area
Display area for navigation
Operating elements →  73

Navigation path
The navigation path - displayed at the top left in the navigation view - consists of thefollowing elements:• In the submenu:
Display symbol for menu
• In the wizard:
Display symbol for wizard↓
ExamplesOmission symbol for
operating menu levels in
betweenName of current• Submenu• Wizard• Parameters

↓

↓

/ ../

Display/ ../Display

For more information about the icons in the menu, refer to the "Display area" section→  70Status area
The following appears in the status area of the navigation view in the top right corner:• In the submenu• The direct access code for the parameter you are navigating to (e.g. 0022-1)• If a diagnostic event is present, the diagnostic behavior and status signal• In the wizard
If a diagnostic event is present, the diagnostic behavior and status signal• For information on the diagnostic behavior and status signal →  192• For information on the function and entry of the direct access code →  75

Endress+Hauser

69

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Display area
Menus
SymbolMeaning
Operation
Appears:• In the menu next to the "Operation" selection• At the left in the navigation path in the Operation menu
Setup
Appears:• In the menu next to the "Setup" selection• At the left in the navigation path in the Setup menu
Diagnostics
Appears:• In the menu next to the "Diagnostics" selection• At the left in the navigation path in the Diagnostics menu
ExpertAppears:• In the menu next to the "Expert" selection• At the left in the navigation path in the Expert menu

Submenus, wizards, parameters
SymbolMeaning
Submenu
WizardParameters within a wizard

 No display symbol exists for parameters in submenus.
Locking
SymbolMeaningParameter locked
When displayed in front of a parameter name, indicates that the parameter is locked.
• By a user-specific access code
• By the hardware write protection switch

Wizard operation
SymbolMeaning
Switches to the previous parameter.
Confirms the parameter value and switches to the next parameter.
Opens the editing view of the parameter.

70

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation options

8.3.3

Editing view

Numeric editor
1

0
5
+

2

1
6
–

+0.000 Xx
2
3
8
7

4
9

3

4
A0034250

 33
1
2
3
4

For entering values in parameters (e.g. limit values)

Entry display area
Input screen
Confirm, delete or reject entry
Operating elements

Text editor
1

2

XxxxxxxA B C D E F G H I J K
L M N O P Q R S T U V W
X Y Z

6
7

3
5
4

A0034114

 34
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

For entering text in parameters (e.g. tag name)

Entry display area
Current input screen
Change input screen
Operating elements
Move entry position
Delete entry
Reject or confirm entry

Using the operating elements in the editing view
Key

Meaning
Minus keyMove the entry position to the left.
Plus keyMove the entry position to the right.

Endress+Hauser

71

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 HARTKey

MeaningEnter key
• Pressing the key briefly confirms the selection.
• Pressing the key for 2 s confirms your entry.
+

Escape key combination (press keys simultaneously)
Close the editing view without accepting a change.

Input screens
SymbolMeaning
Upper case
Lower caseNumbers
Punctuation marks and special characters: = + – * / ² ³ ¼ ½ ¾ ( ) [ ] < > { }Punctuation marks and special characters: ' " `^. , ; : ? ! % µ ° € $ £ ¥ § @ # / \ I ~ & _Umlauts and accents

Controlling data entries
SymbolMeaningMove entry position
Reject entry
Confirm entry
Delete character immediately to the left of the entry position
Delete character immediately to the right of the entry position
Clear all the characters entered

72

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation options

8.3.4

Operating elements

Key

Meaning
Minus key
In menu, submenu
Moves the selection bar upwards in a picklist.
With a wizard
Confirms the parameter value and goes to the previous parameter.
For text and numeric editor
Move the entry position to the left.
Plus key
In menu, submenu
Moves the selection bar downwards in a picklist.
With a wizard
Confirms the parameter value and goes to the next parameter.
For text and numeric editor
Move the entry position to the right.
Enter key
For operational display
Pressing the key briefly opens the operating menu.
In menu, submenu• Pressing the key briefly:• Opens the selected menu, submenu or parameter.
• Starts the wizard.
• If help text is open, closes the help text of the parameter.
• Pressing the key for 2 s in a parameter:
If present, opens the help text for the function of the parameter.
With a wizard
Opens the editing view of the parameter.
For text and numeric editor• Pressing the key briefly confirms the selection.
• Pressing the key for 2 s confirms your entry.
Escape key combination (press keys simultaneously)
In menu, submenu• Pressing the key briefly:• Exits the current menu level and takes you to the next level up.
• If help text is open, closes the help text of the parameter.
• Pressing the key for 2 s returns you to the operational display ("home position").

+With a wizard
Exits the wizard and takes you to the next level up.
For text and numeric editor
Closes the editing view without applying changes.
Minus/Enter key combination (press and hold down the keys simultaneously)• If the keypad lock is enabled:
Pressing the key for 3 s disables the keypad lock.
• If the keypad lock is not enabled:
Pressing the key for 3 s opens the context menu including the selection for activating
the keypad lock.

+

8.3.5

Opening the context menu

Using the context menu, the user can call up the following menus quickly and directly fromthe operational display:• Setup• Data backup• Simulation

Endress+Hauser

73

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Calling up and closing the context menu
The user is in the operational display.
1.

Press the  and  keys for longer than 3 seconds.
 The context menu opens.
XXXXXXXXXX
Setup
Conf.backup
Simulation
Keylock on

l/hA0034608-EN

2.

Press  +  simultaneously.
 The context menu is closed and the operational display appears.

Calling up the menu via the context menu

74

1.

Open the context menu.

2.

Press  to navigate to the desired menu.

3.

Press  to confirm the selection.
 The selected menu opens.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation options

8.3.6

Navigating and selecting from list

Different operating elements are used to navigate through the operating menu. The
navigation path is displayed on the left in the header. Icons are displayed in front of theindividual menus. These icons are also shown in the header during navigation.
For an explanation of the navigation view with symbols and operating elements→  69
Example: Setting the number of displayed measured values to "2 values"
XXXXXXXXX

20.50
1.

0104-1Main menu
Language

EnglishDisplay/operat.
Setup

2.

Main menu
Language
Display/operat.
Setup/ ../Display/operat.

0091-1

Access stat.disp

3.

Operator
Locking status
Display/ ../Display/operat.
Locking status
Display4.

/ ../Display

0098-1

Format display
1 value, max.
Contrast display
Display intervall

5.

/ ../Format display
1 value, max.
Bargr. + 1 value
2 values
Val. large+2val.

6.

0098-1/ ../Format display
1 value, max.
Bargr. + 1 value
2 values
Val. large+2val.

7.

0098-1XXXXXXXXX

8.

2s

10.50
mA
2800
Hz
A0029562-EN

8.3.7

Calling the parameter directly

A parameter number is assigned to every parameter to be able to access a parameter
directly via the onsite display. Entering this access code in the Direct access parameter
calls up the desired parameter directly.
Navigation path
Expert → Direct accessEndress+Hauser

75

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

The direct access code consists of a 5-digit number (at maximum) and the channel
number, which identifies the channel of a process variable: e.g. 00914-2. In the navigation
view, this appears on the right-hand side in the header of the selected parameter.
00914-2

1

A0029414

1

Direct access code

Note the following when entering the direct access code:• The leading zeros in the direct access code do not have to be entered.
Example: Enter "914" instead of "00914"• If no channel number is entered, channel 1 is opened automatically.
Example: Enter 00914 → Assign process variable parameter• If a different channel is opened: Enter the direct access code with the corresponding
channel number.
Example: Enter 00914-2 → Assign process variable parameter
For the direct access codes of the individual parameters, see the "Description of Device
Parameters" document for the device

8.3.8

Calling up help text

Help text is available for some parameters and can be called up from the navigation view.
The help text provides a brief explanation of the parameter function and thereby supports
swift and safe commissioning.
Calling up and closing the help text
The user is in the navigation view and the selection bar is on a parameter.
1.

Press  for 2 s.
 The help text for the selected parameter opens.
Ent. access code
Enter access code to disable
write protec.

A0014002-EN

 35

2.

Example: Help text for parameter "Enter access code"

Press  +  simultaneously.
 The help text is closed.

8.3.9

Changing the parameters

Parameters can be changed via the numeric editor or text editor.
• Numeric editor: Change values in a parameter, e.g. specifications for limit values.
• Text editor: Enter text in a parameter, e.g. tag name.
A message is displayed if the value entered is outside the permitted value range.

76

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation options

Ent. access code
Invalid or out of range input
value
Min:0
Max:9999
A0014049-EN

For a description of the editing view - consisting of the text editor and numeric editor- with symbols →  71, for a description of the operating elements →  73

8.3.10User roles and related access authorization

The two user roles "Operator" and "Maintenance" have different write access to theparameters if the customer defines a user-specific access code. This protects the device
configuration via the local display from unauthorized access →  158.
Defining access authorization for user roles
An access code is not yet defined when the device is delivered from the factory. Accessauthorization (read and write access) to the device is not restricted and corresponds to the"Maintenance" user role.

‣ Define the access code.
 The "Operator" user role is redefined in addition to the "Maintenance" user role.
Access authorization differs for the two user roles.
Access authorization to parameters: "Maintenance" user role
Access code status

Read access

Write accessAn access code has not yet been defined(factory setting).



After an access code has been defined.



 1)

1)

The user only has write access after entering the access code.

Access authorization to parameters: "Operator" user role
Access code status
After an access code has been defined.
1)

Read access

Write access



– 1)

Despite the defined access code, certain parameters can always be modified and thus are excluded fromthe write protection, as they do not affect the measurement. Refer to the "Write protection via access code"
sectionThe user role with which the user is currently logged on is indicated by the Accessstatus parameter. Navigation path: Operation → Access status

8.3.11Disabling write protection via access code

If the -symbol appears on the local display in front of a parameter, the parameter iswrite-protected by a user-specific access code and its value cannot be changed at the
moment using local operation →  158.
Parameter write protection via local operation can be disabled by entering the user-specificaccess code in the Enter access code parameter (→  137) via the respective access
option.
1.
Endress+Hauser

After you press , the input prompt for the access code appears.
77Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

2.

Enter the access code.
 The -symbol in front of the parameters disappears; all previously writeprotected parameters are now re-enabled.

8.3.12

Enabling and disabling the keypad lockThe keypad lock makes it possible to block access to the entire operating menu via local
operation. As a result, it is no longer possible to navigate through the operating menu orchange the values of individual parameters. Users can only read the measured values on
the operational display.
The keypad lock is switched on and off via the context menu.
Switching on the keypad lockThe keypad lock is switched on automatically:• If the device has not been operated via the display for > 1 minute.
• Each time the device is restarted.
To activate the keylock manually:1.

The device is in the measured value display.
Press the  and  keys for 3 seconds.
 A context menu appears.

2.

In the context menu select the Keylock on option.
 The keypad lock is switched on.
If the user attempts to access the operating menu while the keypad lock is active, theKeylock on message appears.

Switching off the keypad lock

‣ The keypad lock is switched on.
Press the  and  keys for 3 seconds.
 The keypad lock is switched off.

8.4

Access to the operating menu via the Web browser

8.4.1

Function scopeThanks to the integrated Web server the device can be operated and configured via a Web
browser and via the service interface (CDI-RJ45) or via the WLAN interface. The structureof the operating menu is the same as for the local display. In addition to the measured
values, device status information is also displayed and allows users to monitor the status of
the device. Furthermore the device data can be managed and the network parameters canbe configured.
A device that has a WLAN interface (can be ordered as an option) is required for the
WLAN connection: order code for "Display; operation", option G "4-line, illuminated; touch
control + WLAN". The device acts as an Access Point and enables communication bycomputer or a mobile handheld terminal.
For additional information on the Web server, refer to the Special Documentation forthe device →  255

78

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation options

8.4.2

Requirements

Computer hardware
Hardware

Interface
CDI-RJ45

WLAN

Interface

The computer must have an RJ45
interface.

The operating unit must have a
WLAN interface.

Connection

Ethernet cable with RJ45 connector.

Connection via Wireless LAN.

ScreenRecommended size: ≥12" (depends on the screen resolution)

Computer software
Software

Interface
CDI-RJ45

Recommended operating
systems

WLAN• Microsoft Windows 8 or higher.
• Mobile operating systems:• iOS• Android Microsoft Windows XP is supported.
 Microsoft Windows 7 is supported.
Web browsers supported• Microsoft Internet Explorer 8 or higher• Microsoft Edge
• Mozilla Firefox• Google Chrome• SafariComputer settings
Settings

Interface
CDI-RJ45

WLAN

User rights

Appropriate user rights (e.g. administrator rights) for TCP/IP and proxy server
settings are necessary (for adjusting the IP address, subnet mask etc.).

Proxy server settings of the
Web browser

The Web browser setting Use proxy server for LAN must be disabled .

JavaScript

JavaScript must be enabled.
JavaScript cannot be enabled: IfEnter
http://192.168.1.212/servlet/basic.html in the address bar of the
web browser. A fully functional but simplified version of the operating
menu structure starts in the Web browser.
installing a new firmware version: To enable correct data display, Whenclear the temporary memory (cache) of the Web browser under Internet
options.

Network connections

Only the active network connections to the measuring device should be used.
Switch off all other network
connections such as WLAN.

Switch off all other network
connections.

In the event of connection problems: →  187

Endress+Hauser

79

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Measuring device: Via CDI-RJ45 service interface
Device

CDI-RJ45 service interface

Measuring device

The measuring device has an RJ45 interface.

Web server

Web server must be enabled; factory setting: ON

 For information on enabling the Web server →  84
Measuring device: via WLAN interface
DeviceWLAN interface

Measuring device

The measuring device has a WLAN antenna:• Transmitter with integrated WLAN antenna• Transmitter with external WLAN antenna

Web server

Web server and WLAN must be enabled; factory setting: ON

 For information on enabling the Web server →  84
8.4.3

Establishing a connection

Via service interface (CDI-RJ45)
Preparing the measuring device
Proline 500 – digital
1.

Loosen the 4 fixing screws on the housing cover.

2.

Open the housing cover.

3.

The location of the connection socket depends on the measuring device and thecommunication protocol:
Connect the computer to the RJ45 plug via the standard Ethernet connecting cable .

Proline 500
1.

Depending on the housing version:
Loosen the securing clamp or fixing screw of the housing cover.

2.

Depending on the housing version:
Unscrew or open the housing cover.

3.

The location of the connection socket depends on the measuring device and thecommunication protocol:
Connect the computer to the RJ45 plug via the standard Ethernet connecting cable .

Configuring the Internet protocol of the computer
The following information refers to the default Ethernet settings of the device.
IP address of the device: 192.168.1.212 (factory setting)80

1.

Switch on the measuring device.

2.

Connect to the computer using a cable →  86.

3.

If a 2nd network card is not used, close all the applications on the notebook.
 Applications requiring Internet or a network, such as e-mail, SAP applications,Internet or Windows Explorer.

4.

Close any open Internet browsers.

5.

Configure the properties of the Internet protocol (TCP/IP) as defined in the table:

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation options

IP address

192.168.1.XXX; for XXX all numerical sequences except: 0, 212 and 255 → e.g.
192.168.1.213

Subnet mask

255.255.255.0

Default gateway

192.168.1.212 or leave cells empty

Via WLAN interface
Configuring the Internet protocol of the mobile terminal
NOTICE
If the WLAN connection is lost during the configuration, settings made may be lost.
‣ Make sure that the WLAN connection is not disconnected while configuring the device.
NOTICEIn principle, avoid simultaneous access to the measuring device via the service
interface (CDI-RJ45) and the WLAN interface from the same mobile terminal. This
could cause a network conflict.
‣ Only activate one service interface (CDI-RJ45 service interface or WLAN interface).
‣ If simultaneous communication is necessary: configure different IP address ranges, e.g.
192.168.0.1 (WLAN interface) and 192.168.1.212 (CDI-RJ45 service interface).
Preparing the mobile terminal‣ Enable WLAN reception on the mobile terminal.
Establishing a connection from the mobile terminal to the measuring device
1.

In the WLAN settings of the mobile terminal:
Select the measuring device using the SSID (e.g. EH_Promass_500_A802000).

2.

If necessary, select the WPA2 encryption method.

3.

Enter the password: serial number of the measuring device ex-works (e.g.
L100A802000).
 LED on display module flashes: it is now possible to operate the measuring device
with a web browser, FieldCare or DeviceCare.
The serial number can be found on the nameplate.
To ensure the safe and swift assignment of the WLAN network to the measuring
point, it is advisable to change the SSID name. It should be possible to clearly assign
the new SSID name to the measuring point (e.g. tag name) because it is displayed as
the WLAN network.

Disconnecting‣ After configuring the device:
Terminate the WLAN connection between the operating unit and measuring device.
Starting the Web browser
1.

Endress+Hauser

Start the Web browser on the computer.

81

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

2.

Enter the IP address of the web server in the address line of the web browser:
192.168.1.212
 The login page appears.
1

2

3

4

5

6

7
8
9
10
A0029417

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Picture of device
Device name
Device tag (→  103)
Status signal
Current measured values
Operating language
User role
Access code
Login
Reset access code (→  154)

If a login page does not appear, or if the page is incomplete →  187

8.4.4

Logging on

1.

Select the preferred operating language for the Web browser.

2.

Enter the user-specific access code.

3.

Press OK to confirm your entry.

Access code

0000 (default setting); can be changed by customer

If no action is performed for 10 minutes, the Web browser automatically returns to
the login page.

82

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation options

8.4.5

User interface

1
2

3
A0029418

1
2
3Function row
Local display language
Navigation area

Header
The following information appears in the header:• Device name• Device tag• Device status with status signal →  195• Current measured values
Function row
Functions

Meaning

Measured values

Displays the measured values of the device

Menu• Access to the operating menu from the measuring device• The structure of the operating menu is the same as for the local display
detailed information on the structure of the operating menu, see the Operating
 For
Instructions for the measuring device

Device status

Displays the diagnostic messages currently pending, listed in order of priority

Data
management

Data exchange between PC and measuring device:• Device configuration:• Load settings from the device(XML format, save configuration)• Save settings to the device(XML format, restore configuration)• Logbook - Export Event logbook (.csv file)• Documents - Export documents:• Export backup data record(.csv file, create documentation of the measuring point configuration)• Verification report(PDF file, only available with the "Heartbeat Verification" application package)• Firmware update - Flashing a firmware version

Network
configuration

Configuration and checking of all the parameters required for establishing the connection
to the measuring device:• Network settings (e.g. IP address, MAC address)• Device information (e.g. serial number, firmware version)

Logout

End the operation and call up the login page

Navigation area
If a function is selected in the function bar, the submenus of the function open in thenavigation area. The user can now navigate through the menu structure.

Endress+Hauser

83

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Working area
Depending on the selected function and the related submenus, various actions can be
performed in this area:• Configuring parameters• Reading measured values• Calling up help text
• Starting an upload/download

8.4.6

Disabling the Web server

The Web server of the measuring device can be switched on and off as required using the
Web server functionality parameter.
Navigation"Expert" menu → Communication → Web server
Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Web server functionality

Description
Switch the Web server on and off.

Selection• Off• HTML Off• On

Factory setting
On

Function scope of the "Web server functionality" parameter
OptionDescription

Off• The Web server is completely disabled.
• Port 80 is locked.

HTML OffThe HTML version of the Web server is not available.

On• The complete Web server functionality is available.
• JavaScript is used.
• The password is transferred in an encrypted state.
• Any change to the password is also transferred in an encrypted state.

Enabling the Web server
If the Web server is disabled it can only be re-enabled with the Web server functionality
parameter via the following operating options:• Via local display• Via Bedientool "FieldCare"• Via "DeviceCare" operating tool

8.4.7

Logging out

Before logging out, perform a data backup via the Data management function(upload configuration from device) if necessary.

84

1.

Select the Logout entry in the function row.
 The home page with the Login box appears.

2.

Close the Web browser.

3.

If no longer needed:
Reset the modified properties of the Internet protocol (TCP/IP) →  80.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation options

8.5

Access to the operating menu via the operating tool

The structure of the operating menu in the operating tools is the same as for operation via
the local display.

8.5.1

Connecting the operating tool

Via HART protocol
This communication interface is available in device versions with a HART output.

8
4

1

2

7

3

5

6
A0028747

 36
1
2
3

4
5
6
7
8

Endress+Hauser

Options for remote operation via HART protocol (active)

Control system (e.g. PLC)
Field Communicator 475
Computer with Web browser (e.g. Internet Explorer) for accessing the integrated device Web server orcomputer with operating tool (e.g. FieldCare, DeviceCare, AMS Device Manager, SIMATIC PDM) with COM
DTM "CDI Communication TCP/IP"
Commubox FXA195 (USB)
Field Xpert SFX350 or SFX370
Field Xpert SMT70
VIATOR Bluetooth modem with connecting cable
Transmitter85

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

10
3

2

1

6

4

9

5

7

8
A0028746

 37
1
2
3
4
5

6
7
8
9
10

Options for remote operation via HART protocol (passive)

Control system (e.g. PLC)
Transmitter power supply unit, e.g. RN221N (with communication resistor)
Connection for Commubox FXA195 and Field Communicator 475
Field Communicator 475
Computer with Web browser (e.g. Internet Explorer) for accessing the integrated device Web server orcomputer with operating tool (e.g. FieldCare, DeviceCare, AMS Device Manager, SIMATIC PDM) with COM
DTM "CDI Communication TCP/IP"
Commubox FXA195 (USB)
Field Xpert SFX350 or SFX370
Field Xpert SMT70
VIATOR Bluetooth modem with connecting cable
Transmitter

Service interface
Via service interface (CDI-RJ45)
A point-to-point connection can be established via onsite device configuration. With the
housing open, the connection is established directly via the service interface (CDI-RJ45) of
the device.
An adapter for RJ45 to the M12 plug is optionally available:
Order code for "Accessories", option NB: "Adapter RJ45 M12 (service interface)"
The adapter connects the service interface (CDI-RJ45) to an M12 plug mounted in thecable entry. The connection to the service interface can be established via an M12
plug without opening the device.
Proline 500 – digital transmitter

1
open
press

3

2

A0029163

 38
1
2
3

86

Connection via service interface (CDI-RJ45)

Computer with Web browser (e.g. Microsoft Internet Explorer, Microsoft Edge) for accessing the integrated
Web server or with "FieldCare", "DeviceCare" operating tool with COM DTM "CDI Communication TCP/IP"
Standard Ethernet connecting cable with RJ45 plug
Service interface (CDI-RJ45) of the measuring device with access to the integrated Web serverEndress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation options

Proline 500 transmitter

1
3

2

A0027563

 39
1
2
3

Connection via service interface (CDI-RJ45)

Computer with Web browser (e.g. Microsoft Internet Explorer, Microsoft Edge) for accessing the integrated
Web server or with "FieldCare", "DeviceCare" operating tool with COM DTM "CDI Communication TCP/IP"
Standard Ethernet connecting cable with RJ45 plug
Service interface (CDI-RJ45) of the measuring device with access to the integrated Web server

Via WLAN interface
The optional WLAN interface is available on the following device version:
Order code for "Display; operation", option G "4-line, illuminated; touch control + WLAN"
3

4

3

4

5

1

1

2

2

6

3

3

4

4

7
A0034569

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Endress+Hauser

Transmitter with integrated WLAN antenna
Transmitter with external WLAN antenna
LED lit constantly: WLAN reception is enabled on measuring device
LED flashing: WLAN connection established between operating unit and measuring device
Computer with WLAN interface and Web browser (e.g. Microsoft Internet Explorer, Microsoft Edge) foraccessing the integrated device Web server or with operating tool (e.g. FieldCare, DeviceCare)
Mobile handheld terminal with WLAN interface and Web browser (e.g. Microsoft Internet Explorer, Microsoft
Edge) for accessing the integrated device Web server or operating tool (e.g. FieldCare, DeviceCare)
Smart phone or tablet (e.g. Field Xpert SMT70)

87

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Function

WLAN: IEEE 802.11 b/g (2.4 GHz)

Encryption

WPA2-PSK AES-128 (in accordance with IEEE 802.11i)

Configurable WLAN channels

1 to 11Degree of protection

IP67

Available antennas• Internal antenna• External antenna (optional)
In the event of poor transmission/reception conditions at the place ofinstallation.

 Only 1 antenna is active at any one time!
Range• Internal antenna: typically 10 m (32 ft)• External antenna: typically 50 m (164 ft)

Materials (external antenna)• Antenna: ASA plastic (acrylic ester-styrene-acrylonitrile) and nickelplated brass• Adapter: Stainless steel and nickel-plated brass• Cable: Polyethylene• Plug: Nickel-plated brass• Angle bracket: Stainless steel

Configuring the Internet protocol of the mobile terminal
NOTICE
If the WLAN connection is lost during the configuration, settings made may be lost.
‣ Make sure that the WLAN connection is not disconnected while configuring the device.
NOTICEIn principle, avoid simultaneous access to the measuring device via the service
interface (CDI-RJ45) and the WLAN interface from the same mobile terminal. This
could cause a network conflict.
‣ Only activate one service interface (CDI-RJ45 service interface or WLAN interface).
‣ If simultaneous communication is necessary: configure different IP address ranges, e.g.
192.168.0.1 (WLAN interface) and 192.168.1.212 (CDI-RJ45 service interface).
Preparing the mobile terminal‣ Enable WLAN reception on the mobile terminal.
Establishing a connection from the mobile terminal to the measuring device
1.

In the WLAN settings of the mobile terminal:
Select the measuring device using the SSID (e.g. EH_Promass_500_A802000).

2.

If necessary, select the WPA2 encryption method.

3.

Enter the password: serial number of the measuring device ex-works (e.g.
L100A802000).
 LED on display module flashes: it is now possible to operate the measuring device
with a web browser, FieldCare or DeviceCare.
The serial number can be found on the nameplate.
To ensure the safe and swift assignment of the WLAN network to the measuring
point, it is advisable to change the SSID name. It should be possible to clearly assign
the new SSID name to the measuring point (e.g. tag name) because it is displayed as
the WLAN network.

Disconnecting‣ After configuring the device:
Terminate the WLAN connection between the operating unit and measuring device.

88

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation options

8.5.2

Field Xpert SFX350, SFX370

Function range
Field Xpert SFX350 and Field Xpert SFX370 are mobile computers for commissioning andmaintenance. They enable efficient device configuration and diagnostics for HART and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus devices in the non-hazardous area (SFX350, SFX370) andhazardous area (SFX370).
For details, see Operating Instructions BA01202S
Source for device description files
See information →  92

8.5.3

FieldCare

Function scope
FDT-based plant asset management tool from Endress+Hauser. It can configure all smart
field devices in a system and helps you manage them. By using the status information, it isalso a simple but effective way of checking their status and condition.
Access is via:
• HART protocol• CDI-RJ45 service interface →  86
• WLAN interface →  87
Typical functions:• Parameterization of transmitters• Loading and saving device data (upload/download)• Documentation of the measuring point• Visualization of the measured value memory (line recorder) and event logbook
For additional information about FieldCare, see Operating Instructions BA00027S
and BA00059S
Source for device description files
See information →  92
Establishing a connection
1.

Start FieldCare and launch the project.

2.

In the network: Add a device.
 The Add device window opens.

3.

Select the CDI Communication TCP/IP option from the list and press OK to confirm.

4.

Right-click CDI Communication TCP/IP and select the Add device option in thecontext menu that opens.

5.

Select the desired device from the list and press OK to confirm.
 The CDI Communication TCP/IP (Configuration) window opens.

6.

Enter the device address in the IP address field: 192.168.1.212 and press Enter toconfirm.

7.

Establish the online connection to the device.
For additional information, see Operating Instructions BA00027S and BA00059S

Endress+Hauser

89

Operation options

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

User interface
2

4

3

6

5

7

Xxxxxx/…/…/

1

Device name:

Xxxxxxx

Mass flow:

12.34

kg/h

Device tag:

Xxxxxxx

Volume flow:

12.34

m³/h

Status:Good

XxxxxxAccess status tooling+
Operation
P

–

Setup
Device tag–
System unitsP
Mass flow unit
P
Volume flow unit+
Select medium
P

8

+

…

+

…

+

Maintenance

Mass flow unit:

kg/hVolume flow unit:m³/h

Xxxxxx
kg/h
m³/h

9

Advanced setup+

Diagnostics+

Expert10

11A0021051-EN

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

HeaderPicture of device
Device nameTag name
Status area with status signal →  195
Display area for current measured values
Edit bar with additional functions such as save/load, event list and document creation
Navigation area with operating menu structure
Working area
Range of action
Status area

8.5.4

DeviceCare

Function scope
Tool for connecting and configuring Endress+Hauser field devices.
The fastest way to configure Endress+Hauser field devices is with the dedicated"DeviceCare" tool. Together with the device type managers (DTMs) it presents a convenient,comprehensive solution.
For details, see Innovation Brochure IN01047S
Source for device description files
See information →  92

8.5.5

AMS Device Manager

Function scope
Program from Emerson Process Management for operating and configuring measuring
devices via HART protocol.

90

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation options

Source for device description files
See data →  92

8.5.6

SIMATIC PDM

Function scope
SIMATIC PDM is a standardized, manufacturer-independent program from Siemens forthe operation, configuration, maintenance and diagnosis of intelligent field devices via
HART protocol.
Source for device description files
See information on →  92

8.5.7

Field Communicator 475

Function scope
Industrial handheld terminal from Emerson Process Management for remoteconfiguration and measured value display via HART protocol.
Source for device description files
See data →  92

Endress+Hauser

91

System integration

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

9

System integration

9.1

Overview of device description files

9.1.1

Current version data for the device

Firmware version

01.06.zz• On the title page of the Operating Instructions• On the transmitter nameplate• Firmware version
Diagnostics → Device information → Firmware
versionRelease date of firmware version

08.2022---

Manufacturer ID

0x11

Manufacturer ID
Diagnostics → Device information → Manufacturer ID

Device type ID

0x3B

Device type
Diagnostics → Device information → Device type

HART protocol revision7---

Device revision7• On the transmitter nameplate• Device revision
Diagnostics → Device information → Device revision

For an overview of the various firmware versions for the device →  209

9.1.2

Operating tools

The suitable device description file for the individual operating tools is listed in the tablebelow, along with information on where the file can be acquired.

92

Operating tool via
HART protocol

Sources for obtaining device descriptions

FieldCare• www.endress.com → Download Area
• CD–ROM (contact Endress+Hauser)• DVD (contact Endress+Hauser)

DeviceCare• www.endress.com → Download Area
• CD–ROM (contact Endress+Hauser)• DVD (contact Endress+Hauser)• Field Xpert SMT70• Field Xpert SMT77

Use update function of handheld terminal

AMS Device Manager(Emerson Process Management)www.endress.com → Download Area

SIMATIC PDM(Siemens)

www.endress.com → Download Area

Field Communicator 475(Emerson Process Management)

Use update function of handheld terminal

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

System integration

9.2

Measured variables via HART protocol

The following measured variables (HART device variables) are assigned to the dynamic
variables at the factory:
Dynamic variables

Measured variables (HART device variables)

Primary dynamic variable (PV)Mass flow

Secondary dynamic variable (SV)Totalizer 1

Tertiary dynamic variable (TV)

Density

Quaternary dynamic variable (QV)

Temperature

The assignment of the measured variables to the dynamic variables can be modified andassigned as desired via local operation and the operating tool using the following
parameters:• Expert → Communication → HART output → Output → Assign PV• Expert → Communication → HART output → Output → Assign SV• Expert → Communication → HART output → Output → Assign TV• Expert → Communication → HART output → Output → Assign QV
The following measured variables can be assigned to the dynamic variables:

Endress+Hauser

93

System integration

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Measured variables for PV (primary dynamic variable)• Measured variables which are generally available:• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Density• Reference density• Temperature• Electronics temperature• Pressure• Raw value mass flow
• Oscillation frequency 0• Oscillation frequency 1• Oscillation damping 0• Oscillation damping 1• Signal asymmetry• Exciter current 0• Exciter current 1• Inhomogeneous medium index• Suspended bubbles index• Sensor index coil asymmetry• Test point 0• Test point 1• Torsion signal asymmetry• Additional measured variables with the Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring application
package:• Carrier pipe temperature• Oscillation amplitude• Oscillation amplitude 1• Frequency fluctuation 0• Frequency fluctuation 1• Oscillation damping fluctuation 0• Oscillation damping fluctuation 1• HBSI• Additional measured variables with the Concentration application package:• Concentration• Target mass flow
• Carrier mass flow
• Target volume flow
• Carrier volume flow
• Target corrected volume flow
• Carrier corrected volume flow
• With application-specific output• Application specific output 0• Application specific output 1

94

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

System integration• Additional measured variables with the Petroleum application package:• GSV flow
• GSV flow alternative• NSV flow
• NSV flow alternative• S&W volume flow
• Reference density alternative• Water cut• Oil density• Water density• Oil mass flow
• Water mass flow
• Oil volume flow
• Water volume flow
• Oil corrected volume flow
• Water corrected volume flow

Endress+Hauser

95

System integration

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Measured variables for SV, TV, QV (secondary, tertiary and quaternary dynamic
variable)• Measured variables which are always available:• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Density• Reference density• Temperature• Electronics temperature• Oscillation frequency 0• Oscillation damping 0• Inhomogeneous medium index• Suspended bubbles index• Sensor index coil asymmetry• Test point 0• Test point 1• Pressure• Totalizer 1• Totalizer 2• Totalizer 3• Additional measured variables with the Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring application
package:• Carrier pipe temperature• HBSI• Additional measured variables with the Concentration application package:• Concentration• Target mass flow
• Carrier mass flow
• Target volume flow
• Carrier volume flow
• Target corrected volume flow
• Carrier corrected volume flow
• Additional measured variables with the Petroleum application package:• Reference density alternative• GSV flow
• GSV flow alternative• NSV flow
• NSV flow alternative• S&W volume flow
• Water cut• Oil density• Water density• Oil mass flow
• Water mass flow
• Oil volume flow
• Water volume flow
• Oil corrected volume flow
• Water corrected volume flow
• Weighted density average• Weighted temperature average

96

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

System integration

9.2.1

Device variables

Device variables are permanently assigned. A maximum of eight device variables can betransmitted.
Assignment

Device variables

0

Mass flow

1

Volume flow

2

Corrected volume flow3

Density4

Reference density

5

Temperature

6

Totalizer 1

7

Totalizer 2

8

Totalizer 3

13

Target mass flow 1)

14

Carrier mass flow 1)

15

Concentration 1)

1)

Endress+Hauser

Visible depending on the order options or device settings

97System integration

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

9.3

Other settings

Burst mode functionality in accordance with HART 7 Specification:
Navigation"Expert" menu → Communication → HART output → Burst configuration → Burstconfiguration 1 to n

‣ Burst configuration 1 to n
Burst mode 1 to n

→  98Burst command 1 to n

→  98Burst variable 0→  99Burst variable 1→  99Burst variable 2→  99Burst variable 3→  99Burst variable 4→  99Burst variable 5→  99Burst variable 6→  99Burst variable 7→  99Burst trigger mode→  100

Burst trigger level→  100

Min. update period→  100

Max. update period→  100

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

Selection / User entry

Burst mode 1 to n

Activate the HART burst mode for burst
message X.

Burst command 1 to n

Select the HART command that is sent to the • Command 1
HART master.
• Command 2• Command 3• Command 9• Command 33• Command 48

98

• Off
• On

Factory setting
Off
Command 2

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter

System integration

Description

Selection / User entry

Factory setting

Burst variable 0

For HART command 9 and 33: select the• Mass flow
HART device variable or the process variable. • Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow *• Density• Reference density *• Temperature• Totalizer 1• Totalizer 2• Totalizer 3• Target mass flow *• Carrier mass flow *• Concentration *• Totalizer 1• Totalizer 2• Totalizer 3• HBSI *• Target volume flow *• Carrier volume flow *• Target corrected volume
flow *• Carrier corrected volume
flow *• Reference density
alternative *• GSV flow *• GSV flow alternative *• NSV flow *• NSV flow alternative *• S&W volume flow *• Water cut *• Oil density *• Water density *• Oil mass flow *• Water mass flow *• Oil volume flow *• Water volume flow *• Oil corrected volume flow *• Water corrected volume
flow *• Sensor index coil asymmetry• Test point 0• Test point 1• HART input• Percent of range• Measured current• Primary variable (PV)• Secondary variable (SV)• Tertiary variable (TV)• Quaternary variable (QV)
• Not used

Volume flow

Burst variable 1

For HART command 9 and 33: select the
See the Burst variable 0
HART device variable or the process variable. parameter.

Not used

Burst variable 2

For HART command 9 and 33: select the
See the Burst variable 0
HART device variable or the process variable. parameter.

Not used

Burst variable 3

For HART command 9 and 33: select the
See the Burst variable 0
HART device variable or the process variable. parameter.

Not used

Burst variable 4

For HART command 9: select the HART
device variable or the process variable.

See the Burst variable 0
parameter.

Not used

Burst variable 5

For HART command 9: select the HART
device variable or the process variable.

See the Burst variable 0
parameter.

Not used

Burst variable 6

For HART command 9: select the HART
device variable or the process variable.

See the Burst variable 0
parameter.

Not used

Burst variable 7

For HART command 9: select the HART
device variable or the process variable.

See the Burst variable 0
parameter.

Not used

Endress+Hauser

99

System integration

Parameter

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Description

Selection / User entry

Factory setting

Burst trigger mode

Select the event that triggers burst message
X.

• Continuous• Window *• Rising *• Falling *• On change

Continuous

Burst trigger level

Enter the burst trigger value.

Signed floating-point number–

Together with the option selected in the
Burst trigger mode parameter the burst
trigger value determines the time of burst
message X.
Min. update period

Enter the minimum time span between two
burst commands of burst message X.

Positive integer

1 000 ms

Max. update period

Enter the maximum time span between two
burst commands of burst message X.

Positive integer

2 000 ms*

100

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Commissioning

10

Commissioning

10.1

Function check

Before commissioning the measuring device:‣ Make sure that the post-installation and post-connection checks have been performed.
• Checklist for "Post-mounting check" →  35
• Checklist for "Post-connection check" →  62

10.2

Switching on the measuring device‣ After a successful function check, switch on the measuring device.
 After a successful startup, the local display switches automatically from the startup
display to the operational display.
If nothing appears on the local display or a diagnostic message is displayed, refer tothe section on "Diagnostics and troubleshooting" →  186.

10.3

Setting the operating language

Factory setting: English or ordered local language
XXXXXXXXX

20.50
XX

1.

XX
Main menu
Display language

0104-1EnglishOperation
Setup

2.

Display language
Ã English
DeutschEspañol
Français3.

4.

0104-1

Display language
Ã English
DeutschEspañol
Français
Hauptmenü
Sprache0104-10104-1
DeutschBetrieb
Setup
A0029420

 40

10.4

Taking the example of the local display

Configuring the measuring device• The Setup menu with its guided wizards contains all the parameters needed for standard
operation.
• Navigation to the Setup menu

Endress+Hauser

101Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HARTXXXXXXXXX

20.50
mA
Main menu
Display language

1.

0104-1EnglishDisplay/operat.
Setup
Main menu
Display/operat.
Setup

2.

Diagnostic/ ../Setup
Medium selection

3.

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
A0032222-EN

 41

Taking the example of the local display

The number of submenus and parameters can vary depending on the device version.
Certain submenus and parameters in these submenus are not described in the
Operation Instructions. Instead a description is provided in the Special Documentation
for the device (→ "Supplementary documentation" section).

 Setup
Device tag→  103‣ System units→  103‣ Medium selection→  106‣ I/O configuration→  108‣ Current input 1 to n

→  108‣ Status input 1 to n

→  110‣ Current output 1 to n

→  110‣ Pulse/frequency/switch output→  115‣ Relay output 1 to n

→  124‣ Double pulse output→  127‣ Display→  128‣ Low flow cut off→  134

1 to n102

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Commissioning

10.4.1‣ Partially filled pipe detection→  135‣ Advanced setup→  136

Defining the tag nameTo enable fast identification of the measuring point within the system, you can enter aunique designation using the Device tag parameter and thus change the factory setting.
1

XXXXXXXXX

A0029422 421

Header of the operational display with tag nameTag nameEnter the tag name in the "FieldCare" operating tool →  90
Navigation"Setup" menu → Device tag
Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Device tag

Description
Enter the name for the measuring point.

10.4.2User entry
Max. 32 characters, such as
letters, numbers or special
characters (e.g. @, %, /).

Factory setting
Promass

Setting the system units

In the System units submenu the units of all the measured values can be set.
The number of submenus and parameters can vary depending on the device version.
Certain submenus and parameters in these submenus are not described in the
Operation Instructions. Instead a description is provided in the Special Documentation
for the device (→ "Supplementary documentation" section).
Navigation"Setup" menu → System units‣ System units

Endress+Hauser

Mass flow unit

→  104

Mass unit→  104

Volume flow unit

→  104

Volume unit

→  104103

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Corrected volume flow unit

→  104

Corrected volume unit

→  104

Density unit

→  104

Reference density unit

→  104

Density 2 unit

→  105

Temperature unit

→  105

Pressure unit

→  105

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Mass flow unit

Description
Select mass flow unit.

Selection

Factory setting

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• kg/h• lb/minEffectThe selected unit applies for:• Output• Low flow cut off• Simulation process variable
Mass unit

Select mass unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:
• kg
• lb

Volume flow unit

Select volume flow unit.

Unit choose list

Depends on country:• l/h• gal/min (us)EffectThe selected unit applies for:• Output• Low flow cut off• Simulation process variable
Volume unit

Select volume unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• l (DN > 150 (6"): m³ option)• gal (us)Corrected volume flow unit

Select corrected volume flow unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• Nl/h• Sft³/min

ResultThe selected unit applies for:
Corrected volume flow parameter(→  165)
Corrected volume unit

Select corrected volume unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• Nl• Sft³

Density unit

Select density unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• kg/l• lb/ft³

Unit choose list

Country-dependent• kg/Nl• lb/Sft³

EffectThe selected unit applies for:• Output• Simulation process variable• Density adjustment (Expert menu)
Reference density unit

104

Select reference density unit.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Commissioning

Parameter

Description

Selection

Factory setting

Density 2 unit

Select second density unit.

Unit choose list

Depends on country:• kg/l• lb/ft³

Temperature unit

Select temperature unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:
• °C
• °F

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• bar a• psi aEffectThe selected unit applies for:• Electronic temperature parameter(6053)• Maximum value parameter (6051)• Minimum value parameter (6052)• External temperature parameter (6080)• Maximum value parameter (6108)• Minimum value parameter (6109)• Carrier pipe temperature parameter(6027)• Maximum value parameter (6029)• Minimum value parameter (6030)• Reference temperature parameter(1816)• Temperature parameter
Pressure unit

Select process pressure unit.
ResultThe unit is taken from:• Pressure value parameter (→  107)
• External pressure parameter (→  107)
• Pressure value

Endress+Hauser

105

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

10.4.3

Selecting and setting the medium

The Select medium wizard submenu contains parameters that must be configured inorder to select and set the medium.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Medium selection‣ Medium selection
MFT (Multi-Frequency Technology)→  106

Select medium type→  106

Select gas type→  107

Reference sound velocity→  107

Reference sound velocity→  107

Temperature coefficient sound velocity→  107

Temperature coefficient sound velocity→  107

Pressure compensation→  107

Pressure value→  107

External pressure→  107

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry / Userinterface

MFT (Multi-Frequency Technology)–

Enable/disable multifrequency technology toincrease the measuring
accuracy in the event of
microbubbles in the medium.

Select medium type–

Use this function to select the • Liquid
type of medium: "Gas" or• Gas"Liquid". Select the "Other"• Other
option in exceptional cases inorder to enter the properties ofthe medium manually (e.g. forhighly compressive liquids
such as sulfuric acid).

106

• No
• Yes

Factory setting

Yes

LiquidEndress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Commissioning

Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry / Userinterface

Factory setting

Select gas typeIn the Medium selection
submenu, the Gas option is
selected.

Select measured gas type.

• Air
Methane CH4• Ammonia NH3• Argon Ar• Sulfur hexafluoride
SF6• Oxygen O2• Ozone O3• Nitrogen oxide
NOx• Nitrogen N2• Nitrous oxide N2O• Methane CH4• Methane CH4 +10% Hydrogen H2• Methane CH4 +20% Hydrogen H2• Methane CH4 +30% Hydrogen H2• Hydrogen H2• Helium He• Hydrogen chloride
HCl• Hydrogen sulfide
H2S• Ethylene C2H4
• Carbon dioxide
CO2• Carbon monoxideCO• Chlorine Cl2• Butane C4H10• Propane C3H8
• Propylene C3H6
• Ethane C2H6
• Other

Reference sound velocity

In the Select gas typeparameter, the Other option is
selected.

Enter sound velocity of the gas
at 0 °C (32 °F).

1 to 99 999.9999 m/s415.0 m/s

Reference sound velocity

In the Select medium typeparameter, the Other option is
selected.

Enter sound velocity of themedium at 0 °C (32 °F).

Signed floating-point
number

1 456 m/s

Temperature coefficient soundvelocityIn the Select gas typeparameter, the Other option is
selected.

Enter the temperature
coefficient for the gas soundvelocity.

Positive floating
point number

0.87 (m/s)/K

Temperature coefficient soundvelocityIn the Select medium typeparameter, the Other option is
selected.

Enter temperature coefficient
Signed floating-point
for the medium sound velocity. number

1.3 (m/s)/K

Pressure compensation–

Select pressure compensation
type.

• Off
• Fixed value• External value *• Current input 1 *• Current input 2 *• Current input 3 *OffPressure value

In the Pressure compensation Enter process pressure to beparameter, the Fixed value
used for pressure correction.
option is selected.

Positive floatingpoint number

1.01325 barExternal pressure

In the Pressure compensation Shows the external processparameter, the External value pressure value.
option or the Current input
1…n option is selected.

*–

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser

107Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

10.4.4

Displaying the I/O configuration

The I/O configuration submenu guides the user systematically through all the parametersin which the configuration of the I/O modules is displayed.
Navigation"Setup" menu → I/O configuration‣ I/O configuration
I/O module 1 to n terminal numbers→  108

I/O module 1 to n information→  108

I/O module 1 to n type→  108

Apply I/O configuration→  108

I/O alteration code→  108

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

User interface / Selection /User entry

Factory setting

I/O module 1 to n terminal numbers Shows the terminal numbers used by the I/O • Not used
module.
• 26-27 (I/O 1)• 24-25 (I/O 2)• 22-23 (I/O 3)• 20-21 (I/O 4) *–I/O module 1 to n information

Shows information of the plugged I/O
module.

• Not plugged• Invalid• Not configurable• Configurable• HART–

I/O module 1 to n typeShows the I/O module type.

• Off• Current output *• Current input *• Status input *• Pulse/frequency/switch
output *• Double pulse output *• Relay output *Off

Apply I/O configuration

Apply parameterization of the freely
configurable I/O module.

• No
• Yes

No

I/O alteration code

Enter the code in order to change the I/O
configuration.

Positive integer

0*

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

10.4.5

Configuring the current input

The "Current input" wizard guides the user systematically through all the parameters thathave to be set for configuring the current input.

108

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Commissioning

Navigation"Setup" menu → Current input‣ Current input 1 to n
Terminal number→  109

Signal mode→  109

0/4 mA value→  109

20 mA value→  109

Current span

→  109

Failure mode→  109

Failure value→  109

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

User interface /Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Terminal number–

Shows the terminal numbers
used by the current input
module.

• Not used
• 24-25 (I/O 2)• 22-23 (I/O 3)• 20-21 (I/O 4) *–Signal mode

The measuring device is not
approved for use in thehazardous area with type ofprotection Ex-i.

Select the signal mode for thecurrent input.

• Passive• Active *Active0/4 mA value–Enter 4 mA value.

Signed floating-point
number0

20 mA value–Enter 20 mA value.

Signed floating-point
numberDepends on country
and nominal
diameterCurrent span–

Select current range forprocess value output andupper/lower level for alarm
signal.

• 4...20 mA (4...
20.5 mA)• 4...20 mA NE(3.8...20.5 mA)• 4...20 mA US(3.9...20.8 mA)• 0...20 mA (0...
20.5 mA)

Country-specific:• 4...20 mA NE(3.8...20.5 mA)• 4...20 mA US(3.9...20.8 mA)

Failure mode–

Define input behavior in alarm
condition.

• Alarm• Last valid value• Defined value

Alarm

Failure value

In the Failure modeparameter, the Defined value
option is selected.

Enter value to be used by thedevice if input value fromexternal device is missing.

Signed floating-point
number0*

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser

109

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

10.4.6

Configuring the status input

The Status input submenu guides the user systematically through all the parameters thathave to be set for configuring the status input.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Status input 1 to n

‣ Status input 1 to n
Assign status input→  110

Terminal number→  110

Active level→  110

Terminal number→  110

Response time status input→  110

Terminal number→  110

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

Selection / User interface /User entry

Factory setting

Assign status input

Select function for the status input.

• Off• Reset totalizer 1• Reset totalizer 2• Reset totalizer 3• Reset all totalizers• Flow override• Zero adjustment• Reset weighted averages *• Reset weighted averages +totalizer 3 *OffTerminal number

Shows the terminal numbers used by thestatus input module.

• Not used
• 24-25 (I/O 2)• 22-23 (I/O 3)• 20-21 (I/O 4) *–Active level

Define input signal level at which theassigned function is triggered.

• High• Low

HighResponse time status input

Define the minimum amount of time the
5 to 200 ms
input signal level must be present before theselected function is triggered.

*

50 ms

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

10.4.7

Configuring the current output

The Current output wizard guides you systematically through all the parameters that haveto be set for configuring the current output.

110

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Commissioning

Navigation"Setup" menu → Current output‣ Current output 1 to n
Terminal number→  111Signal mode→  111

Process variable current output→  112Current range output→  113

Lower range value output→  113Upper range value output→  113

Fixed current→  113

Damping current output→  113

Failure behavior current output→  114

Failure current→  114

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

User interface /Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Terminal number–

Shows the terminal numbers
used by the current output
module.

• Not used
• 26-27 (I/O 1)• 24-25 (I/O 2)• 22-23 (I/O 3)• 20-21 (I/O 4) *–Signal mode–

Select the signal mode for thecurrent output.

• Active *• Passive *ActiveEndress+Hauser

111Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter

Process variable current output

112

Prerequisite–

Description

Select the process variable forthe current output.

User interface /Selection / User
entry

Factory setting• Off *
Mass flow• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow *• Density• Reference density *• Temperature• Target mass flow *• Carrier mass flow *• Target volume
flow *• Carrier volume
flow *• Target correctedvolume flow *• Carrier correctedvolume flow *• Reference density
alternative *• GSV flow *• GSV flow
alternative *• NSV flow *• NSV flow
alternative *• S&W volume flow *• Water cut *• Oil density *• Water density *• Oil mass flow *• Water mass flow *• Oil volume flow *• Water volume
flow *• Oil correctedvolume flow *• Water correctedvolume flow *• Concentration *• Application
specific output 0 *• Application
specific output 1 *• Inhomogeneous
medium index• Suspended bubbles
index *
• Raw value massflow
• Exciter current 0• Oscillation
damping 0• Oscillation
damping
fluctuation 0 *• Oscillation
frequency 0• Frequency
fluctuation 0 *• Signal asymmetry• Torsion signal
asymmetry *• Carrier pipe
temperature *• Frequency
fluctuation 0 *Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Commissioning

Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

User interface /Selection / User
entry

Factory setting• Oscillation
amplitude 0 *• Oscillation
damping
fluctuation 0 *• HBSI *• Pressure *• Electronics
temperature• Sensor index coilasymmetry• Test point 0• Test point 1
Current range output–

Select current range forprocess value output andupper/lower level for alarm
signal.

Lower range value output

One of the following options isselected in the Current spanparameter (→  113):• 4...20 mA NE (3.8...20.5
mA)• 4...20 mA US (3.9...20.8
mA)• 4...20 mA (4... 20.5 mA)• 0...20 mA (0... 20.5 mA)

Enter lower range value for the Signed floating-point
measured value range.
numberDepends on country:• 0 kg/h• 0 lb/min

Upper range value output

One of the following options isselected in the Current spanparameter (→  113):• 4...20 mA NE (3.8...20.5
mA)• 4...20 mA US (3.9...20.8
mA)• 4...20 mA (4... 20.5 mA)• 0...20 mA (0... 20.5 mA)

Enter upper range value forthe measured value range.

Signed floating-point
numberDepends on country
and nominal
diameter

Fixed current

The Fixed current option is
selected in the Current spanparameter (→  113).

Defines the fixed output
current.

0 to 22.5 mA

22.5 mA

Damping current output

A process variable is selectedin the Assign current output
parameter (→  112) and
one of the following options isselected in the Current spanparameter (→  113):• 4...20 mA NE (3.8...20.5
mA)• 4...20 mA US (3.9...20.8
mA)• 4...20 mA (4... 20.5 mA)• 0...20 mA (0... 20.5 mA)

Set reaction time for output
signal to fluctuations in themeasured value.

0.0 to 999.9 s

1.0 s

Endress+Hauser• 4...20 mA NE(3.8...20.5 mA)• 4...20 mA US(3.9...20.8 mA)• 4...20 mA (4...
20.5 mA)• 0...20 mA (0...
20.5 mA)• Fixed value

Depends on country:• 4...20 mA NE(3.8...20.5 mA)• 4...20 mA US(3.9...20.8 mA)

113

Commissioning

Parameter

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Prerequisite

Description

User interface /Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Failure behavior current output

A process variable is selectedin the Assign current output
parameter (→  112) and
one of the following options isselected in the Current spanparameter (→  113):• 4...20 mA NE (3.8...20.5
mA)• 4...20 mA US (3.9...20.8
mA)• 4...20 mA (4... 20.5 mA)• 0...20 mA (0... 20.5 mA)

Define output behavior inalarm condition.

• Min.
• Max.
• Last valid value• Actual value• Fixed value

Max.

Failure current

The Defined value option is
selected in the Failure modeparameter.

Enter current output value inalarm condition.

0 to 22.5 mA

22.5 mA*

114

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Commissioning

10.4.8Configuring the pulse/frequency/switch output

The Pulse/frequency/switch output wizard guides you systematically through all theparameters that can be set for configuring the selected output type.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Pulse/frequency/switch output‣ Pulse/frequency/switch output
1 to n→  115

Operating mode

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Operating mode

Description
Define the output as a pulse, frequency orswitch output.

Selection• Pulse• Frequency• Switch

Factory setting
Pulse

Configuring the pulse output
Navigation"Setup" menu → Pulse/frequency/switch output‣ Pulse/frequency/switch output
1 to nEndress+Hauser

Operating mode→  116

Terminal number→  116Signal mode→  116

Assign pulse output→  116

Pulse scaling→  116

Pulse width→  116

Failure mode→  117

Invert output signal→  117115

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / Userinterface / User
entry

Factory setting

Operating mode–

Define the output as a pulse,
frequency or switch output.

• Pulse• Frequency• Switch

Pulse

Terminal number–

Shows the terminal numbers
used by the PFS output
module.

• Not used
• 24-25 (I/O 2)• 22-23 (I/O 3)• 20-21 (I/O 4) *–Signal mode–

Select the signal mode for the
PFS output.

• Passive• Active *• Passive NE

Passive

Assign pulse output

The Pulse option is selected in
the Operating modeparameter.

Select process variable forpulse output.

• Off
Off
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow *• Target mass flow *• Carrier mass flow *• Target volume
flow *• Carrier volume
flow *• Target correctedvolume flow *• Carrier correctedvolume flow *• GSV flow *• GSV flow
alternative *• NSV flow *• NSV flow
alternative *• S&W volume flow *• Oil mass flow *• Water mass flow *• Oil volume flow *• Water volume
flow *• Oil correctedvolume flow *• Water correctedvolume flow *Pulse scaling

The Pulse option is selected in
the Operating modeparameter (→  115) and aprocess variable is selected in
the Assign pulse output
parameter (→  116).

Enter quantity for measured
value at which a pulse is
output.

Positive floating
point number

Depends on country
and nominal
diameter

Pulse width

The Pulse option is selected in
the Operating modeparameter (→  115) and aprocess variable is selected in
the Assign pulse output
parameter (→  116).

Define time width of theoutput pulse.

0.05 to 2 000 ms

100 ms116

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Commissioning

Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / Userinterface / User
entry

Factory setting

Failure mode

The Pulse option is selected in
the Operating modeparameter (→  115) and aprocess variable is selected in
the Assign pulse output
parameter (→  116).

Define output behavior inalarm condition.

• Actual value• No pulses

No pulses

Invert output signal–

Invert the output signal.

• No
• Yes

No

*

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Configuring the frequency output
Navigation"Setup" menu → Pulse/frequency/switch output‣ Pulse/frequency/switch output
1 to nEndress+Hauser

Operating mode→  118

Terminal number→  118

Signal mode→  118

Assign frequency output→  119

Minimum frequency value→  120

Maximum frequency value→  120

Measuring value at minimum
frequency→  120

Measuring value at maximum
frequency→  120

Failure mode→  120

Failure frequency→  120

Invert output signal→  120117

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / Userinterface / User
entry

Factory setting

Operating mode–

Define the output as a pulse,
frequency or switch output.

• Pulse• Frequency• Switch

Pulse

Terminal number–

Shows the terminal numbers
used by the PFS output
module.

• Not used
• 24-25 (I/O 2)• 22-23 (I/O 3)• 20-21 (I/O 4) *–Signal mode–

Select the signal mode for the
PFS output.

• Passive• Active *• Passive NE

Passive

118

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter

Assign frequency output

Endress+Hauser

Commissioning

Prerequisite

In the Operating modeparameter (→  115), theFrequency option is selected.

Description

Select process variable forfrequency output.

Selection / Userinterface / User
entry

Factory setting

• Off
Off
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow *• Density• Reference density *• Time period signal
frequency (TPS) *• Temperature• Pressure• GSV flow *• GSV flow
alternative *• NSV flow *• NSV flow
alternative *• S&W volume flow *• Reference density
alternative *• Water cut *• Oil density *• Water density *• Oil mass flow *• Water mass flow *• Oil volume flow *• Water volume
flow *• Oil correctedvolume flow *• Water correctedvolume flow *• Concentration *• Target mass flow *• Carrier mass flow *• Target volume
flow *• Carrier volume
flow *• Target correctedvolume flow *• Carrier correctedvolume flow *• Application
specific output 0 *• Application
specific output 1 *• Inhomogeneous
medium index• Suspended bubbles
index *• HBSI *• Raw value massflow
• Exciter current 0• Oscillation
damping 0• Oscillation
damping
fluctuation 0 *• Oscillation
frequency 0• Frequency
fluctuation 0 *• Oscillation
amplitude 0 *• Signal asymmetry

119Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / Userinterface / User
entry

Factory setting• Torsion signal
asymmetry *• Carrier pipe
temperature *• Electronics
temperature• Sensor index coilasymmetry• Test point 0• Test point 1
Minimum frequency value

The Frequency option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter (→  115)
and a process variable isselected in the Assign
frequency output parameter(→  119).

Enter minimum frequency.

0.0 to 10 000.0 Hz

0.0 HzMaximum frequency value

The Frequency option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter (→  115)
and a process variable isselected in the Assign
frequency output parameter(→  119).

Enter maximum frequency.

0.0 to 10 000.0 Hz

10 000.0 Hz

Measuring value at minimum
frequency

The Frequency option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter (→  115)
and a process variable isselected in the Assign
frequency output parameter(→  119).

Enter measured value forminimum frequency.

Signed floating-point
numberDepends on country
and nominal
diameter

Measuring value at maximum
frequency

The Frequency option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter (→  115)
and a process variable isselected in the Assign
frequency output parameter(→  119).

Enter measured value for
maximum frequency.

Signed floating-point
numberDepends on country
and nominal
diameter

Failure mode

The Frequency option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter (→  115)
and a process variable isselected in the Assign
frequency output parameter(→  119).

Define output behavior inalarm condition.

• Actual value• Defined value• 0 Hz

0 Hz

Failure frequency

In the Operating modeparameter (→  115), theFrequency option is selected,
in the Assign frequency
output parameter (→  119)a process variable is selected,
and in the Failure modeparameter, the Defined value
option is selected.

Enter frequency output value
in alarm condition.

0.0 to 12 500.0 Hz

0.0 HzInvert output signal–

Invert the output signal.

• No
• Yes

No

*

120

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Commissioning

Configuring the switch output
Navigation"Setup" menu → Pulse/frequency/switch output‣ Pulse/frequency/switch output
1 to nOperating mode→  121

Terminal number→  121Signal mode→  121

Switch output function→  122

Assign diagnostic behavior→  122

Assign limit→  123

Assign flow direction check→  123

Assign status→  124

Switch-on value→  124

Switch-off value→  124

Switch-on delay→  124

Switch-off delay→  124

Failure mode→  124

Invert output signal→  124

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / Userinterface / User
entry

Factory setting

Operating mode–

Define the output as a pulse,
frequency or switch output.

• Pulse• Frequency• Switch

Pulse

Terminal number–

Shows the terminal numbers
used by the PFS output
module.

• Not used
• 24-25 (I/O 2)• 22-23 (I/O 3)• 20-21 (I/O 4) *–Signal mode–

Select the signal mode for the
PFS output.

• Passive• Active *• Passive NE

PassiveEndress+Hauser

121Commissioning

Parameter

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / Userinterface / User
entry

Factory setting

Switch output function

The Switch option is selectedin the Operating modeparameter.

Select function for switch
output.

• Off• On• Diagnostic
behavior• Limit• Flow direction
check• Status

Off

Assign diagnostic behavior• In the Operating modeparameter, the Switch
option is selected.
• In the Switch output
function parameter, theDiagnostic behavior option
is selected.

Select diagnostic behavior forswitch output.

• Alarm• Alarm or warning• Warning

Alarm

122

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter

Commissioning

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / Userinterface / User
entry

Factory setting

Assign limit• In the Operating modeparameter, the Switch
option is selected.
• In the Switch output
function parameter, theLimit option is selected.

Select process variable for limit • Mass flow
Volume flow
function.
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow *• Target mass flow *• Carrier mass flow *• Target volume
flow *• Carrier volume
flow *• Target correctedvolume flow *• Carrier correctedvolume flow *• Density• Reference density *• Reference density
alternative *• GSV flow *• GSV flow
alternative *• NSV flow *• NSV flow
alternative *• S&W volume flow *• Water cut *• Oil density *• Water density *• Oil mass flow *• Water mass flow *• Oil volume flow *• Water volume
flow *• Oil correctedvolume flow *• Water correctedvolume flow *• Concentration *• Temperature• Totalizer 1• Totalizer 2• Totalizer 3• Oscillation
damping• Pressure• Application
specific output 0 *• Application
specific output 1 *• Inhomogeneous
medium index• Suspended bubbles
index *

Assign flow direction check• The Switch option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter.
• The Flow direction check
option is selected in the
Switch output function
parameter.

Select process variable for flow
direction monitoring.

Endress+Hauser• Off• Volume flow
• Mass flow
• Corrected volume
flow *

Mass flow

123Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Assign status• The Switch option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter.
• The Status option is
selected in the Switch
output function parameter.

Select device status for switch
output.

• Partially filled pipe Partially filled pipe
detection
detection• Low flow cut off

Switch-on value• The Switch option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter.
• The Limit option is selectedin the Switch output
function parameter.

Enter measured value for theswitch-on point.

Signed floating-point
numberCountry-specific:• 0 kg/h• 0 lb/min

Switch-off value• The Switch option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter.
• The Limit option is selectedin the Switch output
function parameter.

Enter measured value for theswitch-off point.

Signed floating-point
numberCountry-specific:• 0 kg/h• 0 lb/min

Switch-on delay• The Switch option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter.
• The Limit option is selectedin the Switch output
function parameter.

Define delay for the switch-onof status output.

0.0 to 100.0 s

0.0 s

Switch-off delay• The Switch option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter.
• The Limit option is selectedin the Switch output
function parameter.

Define delay for the switch-offof status output.

0.0 to 100.0 s

0.0 s

Failure mode–

Define output behavior inalarm condition.

• Actual status• Open• Closed

Open

Invert output signal–

Invert the output signal.

• No
• Yes

No

*

Selection / Userinterface / User
entry

Factory setting

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

10.4.9Configuring the relay output

The Relay output wizard guides the user systematically through all the parameters thathave to be set for configuring the relay output.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Relay output 1 to n

‣ Relay output 1 to n

124

Terminal number→  125

Relay output function→  125

Assign flow direction check→  125

Assign limit→  126

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Commissioning

Assign diagnostic behavior→  126

Assign status→  126

Switch-off value→  126

Switch-off delay→  127

Switch-on value→  127

Switch-on delay→  127

Failure mode→  127

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

User interface /Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Terminal number–

Shows the terminal numbers
used by the relay output
module.

• Not used
• 24-25 (I/O 2)• 22-23 (I/O 3)• 20-21 (I/O 4)–

Relay output function–

Select the function for therelay output.

• Closed• Open• Diagnostic
behavior• Limit• Flow direction
check• Digital Output

ClosedAssign flow direction check

The Flow direction check
option is selected in the Relay
output function parameter.

Select process variable for flow
direction monitoring.

• Off• Volume flow
• Mass flow
• Corrected volume
flow *

Mass flow

Endress+Hauser

125Commissioning

Parameter

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Prerequisite

Description

User interface /Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Assign limit

The Limit option is selected in
the Relay output function
parameter.

Select process variable for limit • Mass flow
Mass flow
function.
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow *• Target mass flow *• Carrier mass flow *• Target volume
flow *• Carrier volume
flow *• Target correctedvolume flow *• Carrier correctedvolume flow *• Density• Reference density *• Reference density
alternative *• GSV flow *• GSV flow
alternative *• NSV flow *• NSV flow
alternative *• S&W volume flow *• Water cut *• Oil density *• Water density *• Oil mass flow *• Water mass flow *• Oil volume flow *• Water volume
flow *• Oil correctedvolume flow *• Water correctedvolume flow *• Concentration *• Temperature• Totalizer 1• Totalizer 2• Totalizer 3• Oscillation
damping• Pressure• Application
specific output 0 *• Application
specific output 1 *• Inhomogeneous
medium index• Suspended bubbles
index *

Assign diagnostic behavior

In the Relay output function
parameter, the Diagnostic
behavior option is selected.

Select diagnostic behavior forswitch output.

• Alarm• Alarm or warning• Warning

Assign status

In the Relay output function
parameter, the Digital Output
option is selected.

Select device status for switch
output.

• Partially filled pipe Partially filled pipe
detection
detection• Low flow cut off

Switch-off value

In the Relay output function
parameter, the Limit option is
selected.

Enter measured value for theswitch-off point.

Signed floating-point
number126

AlarmCountry-specific:• 0 kg/h• 0 lb/min

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Commissioning

Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Switch-off delay

In the Relay output function
parameter, the Limit option is
selected.

Define delay for the switch-offof status output.

0.0 to 100.0 s

0.0 s

Switch-on value

The Limit option is selected in
the Relay output function
parameter.

Enter measured value for theswitch-on point.

Signed floating-point
numberCountry-specific:• 0 kg/h• 0 lb/min

Switch-on delay

In the Relay output function
parameter, the Limit option is
selected.

Define delay for the switch-onof status output.

0.0 to 100.0 s

0.0 s

Failure mode–

Define output behavior inalarm condition.

• Actual status• Open• ClosedOpen*

User interface /Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

10.4.10 Configuring the double pulse output
The Double pulse output submenu guides the user systematically through all theparameters that have to be set for configuring the double pulse output.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Double pulse output‣ Double pulse output

Endress+Hauser

Signal mode→  128

Master terminal number→  128

Assign pulse output→  128

Measuring mode→  128

Value per pulse→  128

Pulse width→  128

Failure mode→  128

Invert output signal→  128

127

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

Selection / User interface /User entry

Factory setting

Signal mode

Select the signal mode for the double pulse
output.

• Passive• Active *• Passive NE

Passive

Master terminal number

Shows the terminal numbers used by themaster of the double pulse output module.

• Not used
• 24-25 (I/O 2)• 22-23 (I/O 3)–

Assign pulse output

Select process variable for pulse output.

• Off• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow *• Target mass flow *• Carrier mass flow *• Target volume flow *• Carrier volume flow *• Target corrected volume
flow *• Carrier corrected volume
flow *• GSV flow *• GSV flow alternative *• NSV flow *• NSV flow alternative *• S&W volume flow *• Oil mass flow *• Water mass flow *• Oil volume flow *• Water volume flow *• Oil corrected volume flow *• Water corrected volume
flow *

Off

Measuring mode

Select measuring mode for pulse output.

• Forward flow
• Forward/Reverse flow
• Reverse flow
• Reverse flow compensation

Forward flow

Value per pulse

Enter measured value at which a pulse is
output.

Signed floating-point number

Depends on country andnominal diameter

Pulse width

Define time width of the output pulse.

0.5 to 2 000 ms

0.5 msFailure mode

Define output behavior in alarm condition.

• Actual value• No pulses

No pulses

Invert output signal

Invert the output signal.

• No
• Yes

No

*

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

10.4.11 Configuring the local display
The Display wizard guides you systematically through all the parameters that canconfigured for configuring the local display.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Display‣ Display
Format display128→  130

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Endress+Hauser

Commissioning

Value 1 display→  1310% bargraph value 1→  132

100% bargraph value 1→  132

Value 2 display→  132

Value 3 display→  132

0% bargraph value 3→  132

100% bargraph value 3→  132

Value 4 display→  132

Value 5 display→  132

Value 6 display→  132

Value 7 display→  133

Value 8 display→  133

129

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Format display

130

Prerequisite
A local display is provided.

Description
Select how measured values
are shown on the display.

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting• 1 value, max. size
• 1 bargraph + 1value• 2 values• 1 value large + 2
values• 4 values

1 value, max. size

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter
Value 1 display

Endress+Hauser

Commissioning

Prerequisite
A local display is provided.

Description
Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting• Mass flow
Mass flow• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow *• Density• Reference density *• Density 2 *• Time period signal
frequency (TPS) *• Time period signal(TPS) *• Temperature• Pressure• Totalizer 1• Totalizer 2• Totalizer 3• GSV flow *• GSV flow
alternative *• NSV flow *• NSV flow
alternative *• S&W volume flow *• Reference density
alternative *• Weighted density
average *• Weighted
temperature
average *• Water cut *• Oil density *• Water density *• Oil mass flow *• Water mass flow *• Oil volume flow *• Water volume
flow *• Oil correctedvolume flow *• Water correctedvolume flow *• Concentration *• Target mass flow *• Carrier mass flow *• Target volume
flow *• Carrier volume
flow *• Target correctedvolume flow *• Carrier correctedvolume flow *• Application
specific output 0 *• Application
specific output 1 *• Inhomogeneous
medium index• Suspended bubbles
index *• HBSI *• Raw value massflow
• Exciter current 0• Oscillation
damping 0131

Commissioning

Parameter

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting• Oscillation
damping
fluctuation 0 *• Oscillation
frequency 0• Frequency
fluctuation 0 *• Oscillation
amplitude 0 *• Signal asymmetry• Torsion signal
asymmetry *• Carrier pipe
temperature *• Electronics
temperature• Sensor index coilasymmetry• Test point 0• Test point 1• Current output 1• Current output 2 *• Current output 3 *• Current output 4 *0% bargraph value 1

A local display is provided.

Enter 0% value for bar graphdisplay.

Signed floating-point
numberCountry-specific:• 0 kg/h• 0 lb/min

100% bargraph value 1

A local display is provided.

Enter 100% value for bar
graph display.

Signed floating-point
numberDepends on country
and nominal
diameter

Value 2 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

For the picklist, see
the Value 1 display
parameter(→  131)

None

Value 3 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

For the picklist, see
the Value 1 display
parameter(→  131)None

0% bargraph value 3

A selection was made in the
Value 3 display parameter.

Enter 0% value for bar graphdisplay.

Signed floating-point
numberCountry-specific:• 0 kg/h• 0 lb/min

100% bargraph value 3

A selection was made in the
Value 3 display parameter.

Enter 100% value for bar
graph display.

Signed floating-point
number0

Value 4 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

For the picklist, see
the Value 1 display
parameter(→  131)

None

Value 5 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

For the picklist, see
the Value 1 display
parameter(→  131)

None

Value 6 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

For the picklist, see
the Value 1 display
parameter(→  131)

None

132

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter

Commissioning

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Value 7 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

For the picklist, see
the Value 1 display
parameter(→  131)

None

Value 8 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

For the picklist, see
the Value 1 display
parameter(→  131)

None*

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser

133

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

10.4.12 Configuring the low flow cut off
The Low flow cut off wizard systematically guides the user through all the parametersthat must be set to configure low flow cut off.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Low flow cut off‣ Low flow cut off
Assign process variable→  134

On value low flow cutoff→  134

Off value low flow cutoff→  134

Pressure shock suppression→  134

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Select process variable for low
flow cut off.

• Off
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow *

Mass flow

Positive floatingpoint number

Depends on country
and nominal
diameter

Assign process variable–

On value low flow cutoff

A process variable is selectedEnter on value for low flow cut
in the Assign process variable off.
parameter (→  134).

Off value low flow cutoff

A process variable is selectedEnter off value for low flow cut 0 to 100.0 %in the Assign process variable off.
parameter (→  134).

50 %Pressure shock suppression

A process variable is selectedEnter time frame for signal
in the Assign process variable suppression (= active pressure
parameter (→  134).
shock suppression).

0s

*

134

0 to 100 s

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Commissioning

10.4.13 Configuring partially filled pipe detection
The Partial filled pipe detection wizard guides you systematically through all parametersthat have to be set for configuring the monitoring of the pipe filling.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Partially filled pipe detection‣ Partially filled pipe detection
Assign process variable→  135

Low value partial filled pipe detection→  135

High value partial filled pipe detection→  135

Response time part. filled pipe detect.

→  135

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Select process variable forpartially filled pipe detection.

• Off• Density• Calculated
reference density

Factory setting

Assign process variable–

Low value partial filled pipe
detection

A process variable is selectedEnter lower limit value for
Signed floating-pointin the Assign process variable deactivating partialy filled pipe number
parameter (→  135).
detection.

Depends on country:• 200 kg/m3• 12.5 lb/ft3

High value partial filled pipe
detection

A process variable is selectedEnter upper limit value for
Signed floating-pointin the Assign process variable deactivating partialy filled pipe number
parameter (→  135).
detection.

Depends on country:• 6 000 kg/m3• 374.6 lb/ft3

Response time part. filled pipe
detect.

A process variable is selected
Use this function to enter the
0 to 100 sin the Assign process variable minimum time (hold time) the
parameter (→  135).
signal must be present before
diagnostic message S962 "Pipeonly partly filled" is triggered in
the event of a partially filled or
empty measuring pipe.

1sEndress+Hauser

Off

135

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

10.5

Advanced settings

The Advanced setup submenu with its submenus contains parameters for specificsettings.
Navigation to the "Advanced setup" submenu
XXXXXXXXX

20.50
mA
1.

0104-1Main menu
Display language

EnglishDisplay/operat.
Setup

2.

Main menu
Display/operat.
Setup
Diagnostic/ ../Setup
Medium selection

3.

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX/ ../Setup
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Advanced setup

4.

/ ../Advanced setup
Ent. access code5.

Device tag
Def. access code0092-1****
A0032223-EN

The number of submenus and parameters can vary depending on the device version
and the available application packages. These submenus and their parameters are
explained in the Special Documentation for the device and not in Operating
Instructions.
• For detailed information on the parameter descriptions for application packages orfor operation in custody transfer mode: Special Documentation for the device→  255• For detailed information on the SIL parameter descriptions, see the Functional
Safety Manual →  255
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup‣ Advanced setup

136

Enter access code→  137‣ Calculated values→  137

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Commissioning

10.5.1‣ Sensor adjustment→  138‣ Totalizer 1 to n

→  142‣ Display→  144‣ WLAN settings→  151‣ Configuration backup→  152‣ Administration→  153

Using the parameter to enter the access code

Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup
Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Enter access code

Description
Enter access code to disable write protection of parameters.

10.5.2User entry
Max. 16-digit character string comprisingnumbers, letters and special characters

Calculated process variables

The Calculated values submenu contains parameters for calculating the corrected volume
flow.
The Calculated values submenu is not available if one of the following options was
selected in the Petroleum mode parameter in the "Application package", option EJ"Petroleum": API referenced correction option, Net oil & water cut option or ASTM
D4311 option
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Calculated values‣ Calculated values‣ Corrected volume flow calculation→  137"Corrected volume flow calculation" submenu
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Calculated values → Corrected volume flow calculation‣ Corrected volume flow calculation
Select reference density (1812)

Endress+Hauser→  138137

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

External reference density (6198)→  138

Fixed reference density (1814)→  138

Reference temperature (1816)→  138

Linear expansion coefficient (1817)→  138

Square expansion coefficient (1818)→  138

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / Userinterface / User
entry

Factory setting

Select reference density–

Select reference density forcalculating the correctedvolume flow.

• Fixed reference
density• Calculated
reference density• Current input 1 *• Current input 2 *• Current input 3 *Calculated reference
density

External reference density

One of the following options isselected in the Correctedvolume flow calculation
parameter:• Current input 1 *• Current input 2 *• Current input 3 *Shows external reference
density.

Floating point
number with sign–

Fixed reference density

The Fixed reference density
option is selected in the
Corrected volume flow
calculation parameterparameter.

Enter fixed value for reference
density.

Positive floatingpoint number

1 kg/Nl

Reference temperature

The Calculated reference
density option is selected in
the Corrected volume flow
calculation parameterparameter.

Enter reference temperature
for calculating the reference
density.

–273.15 to 99 999 °C Country-specific:• +20 °C
• +68 °F

Linear expansion coefficient

The Calculated reference
density option is selected in
the Corrected volume flow
calculation parameterparameter.

Enter linear, medium-specificexpansion coefficient forcalculating the reference
density.

Signed floating-point
number

0.0 1/K

Square expansion coefficient

The Calculated reference
density option is selected in
the Corrected volume flow
calculation parameterparameter.

For media with a non-linear
expansion pattern: enter thequadratic, medium-specificexpansion coefficient forcalculating the reference
density.

Signed floating-point
number

0.0 1/K²*

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

10.5.3Carrying out a sensor adjustment

The Sensor adjustment submenu contains parameters that pertain to the functionality ofthe sensor.

138

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Commissioning

Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Sensor adjustment‣ Sensor adjustment
Installation direction→  139

Installation angle pitch→  139

Installation angle roll→  139‣ Zero verification→  140‣ Zero adjustment→  141

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

Selection / User entry

Factory setting

Installation direction

Select sign of flow direction.

• Forward flow
• Reverse flow

Forward flow

Installation angle pitch

Enter the installation angle in degree.

–90 to +90 °0°Installation angle rollEnter the installation angle in degree.

–180 to 180 °0°

Zero point verification and zero adjustment
All measuring devices are calibrated in accordance with state-of-the-art technology.
Calibration takes place under reference conditions →  230. Therefore, a zero adjustmentin the field is generally not required.
Experience shows that zero adjustment is advisable only in special cases:• To achieve maximum measuring accuracy even with low flow rates.
• Under extreme process or operating conditions (e.g. very high process temperatures orvery high-viscosity fluids).
To get a representative zero point, ensure that:• any flow in the device is prevented during the adjustment• the process conditions (e.g. pressure, temperature) are stable and representative
Zero point verification and zero adjustment cannot be performed if the following process
conditions are present:• Gas pockets
Ensure that the system has been sufficiently flushed with the medium. Repeat flushing
can help to eliminate gas pockets• Thermal circulation
In the event of temperature differences (e.g. between the measuring tube inlet andoutlet section), induced flow can occur even if the valves are closed due to thermal
circulation in the device• Leaks at the valves
If the valves are not leak-tight, flow is not sufficiently prevented when determining thezero point
If these conditions cannot be avoided, it is advisable to keep the factory setting for the zero
point.

Endress+Hauser

139

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Zero point verification
The zero point can be verified with the Zero verification wizard.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Sensor adjustment → Zero verification‣ Zero verification
Process conditions→  140

Progress→  140

Status→  140

Additional information→  140

Recommendation:→  140

Root cause→  141

Abort cause→  140

Zero point measured→  141

Zero point standard deviation→  141

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

Selection / User interface

Factory setting

Process conditions

Ensure process conditions as follows.

• Tubes are completely filled–• Process operational pressure
applied• No-flow conditions (closed
valves)• Process and ambient
temperatures stable

Progress

Shows the progress of the process.

0 to 100 %–StatusShows the status of the process.

• Busy• Failed• Done–Additional information

Indicate whether to display additional
information.

• Hide• Show

Hide

Recommendation:

Indicates whether an adjustment isrecommended. Only recommended if themeasured zero point deviates significantly
from the current zero point.

• Do not adjust zero point• Adjust zero point–

Abort cause

Indicates why the wizard was aborted.

• Check process conditions!
• A technical issue has
occurred–140

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Commissioning

Parameter

Description

Selection / User interface

Factory setting

Root cause

Shows the diagnostic and remedy.

• Zero point too high. Ensure
no-flow.
• Zero point is unstable.
Ensure no-flow.
• Fluctuation high. Avoid 2phase medium.

–

Zero point measured

Shows the zero point measured for the
adjustment.

Signed floating-point number–

Zero point standard deviation

Shows the standard deviation of the zero
point measured.

Positive floating-point number–

Zero adjust
The zero point can be adjusted with the Zero adjustment wizard.
• A zero point verification should be performed before a zero adjustment.
• The zero point can also be adjusted manually: Expert → Sensor → Calibration
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Sensor adjustment → Zero adjustment‣ Zero adjustment

Endress+Hauser

Process conditions→  142

Progress→  142

Status→  142

Root cause→  142

Abort cause→  142

Root cause→  142

Reliability of measured zero point→  142

Additional information→  142

Reliability of measured zero point→  142

Zero point measured→  142

Zero point standard deviation→  142

Select action→  142141

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

Selection / User interface

Factory setting

Process conditions

Ensure process conditions as follows.

• Tubes are completely filled–• Process operational pressure
applied• No-flow conditions (closed
valves)• Process and ambient
temperatures stable

Progress

Shows the progress of the process.

0 to 100 %–StatusShows the status of the process.

• Busy• Failed• Done–Abort cause

Indicates why the wizard was aborted.

• Check process conditions!
• A technical issue has
occurred–

Root cause

Shows the diagnostic and remedy.

• Zero point too high. Ensure
no-flow.
• Zero point is unstable.
Ensure no-flow.
• Fluctuation high. Avoid 2phase medium.

–

Reliability of measured zero point

Indicates the reliability of the zero point
measured.

• Not done
• Good• Uncertain–

Additional information

Indicate whether to display additional
information.

• Hide• Show

Hide

Zero point measured

Shows the zero point measured for the
adjustment.

Signed floating-point number–

Zero point standard deviation

Shows the standard deviation of the zero
point measured.

Positive floating-point number–

Select action

Select the zero point value to apply.

• Keep current zero point• Apply zero point measured• Apply factory zero point *Keep current zero point*

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

10.5.4

Configuring the totalizer

In the "Totalizer 1 to n" submenu the individual totalizer can be configured.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Totalizer 1 to n

‣ Totalizer 1 to n

142

Assign process variable→  143

Unit totalizer 1 to n

→  143

Totalizer operation mode→  143

Failure mode→  143

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Commissioning

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Factory setting

Assign process variable–

Unit totalizer 1 to n

A process variable is selected
Select the unit for the process
in the Assign process variable variable of the totalizer.
parameter (→  143) of the
Totalizer 1 to n submenu.

Unit choose list

Depends on country:
• kg
• lb

Totalizer operation mode

A process variable is selected
Select totalizer calculationin the Assign process variable mode.
parameter (→  143) of the
Totalizer 1 to n submenu.

• Net• Forward• Reverse

Net

Failure mode

A process variable is selected
Select totalizer behavior in thein the Assign process variable event of a device alarm.
parameter (→  143) of the
Totalizer 1 to n submenu.

• Hold• Continue• Last valid value +continue

Hold*

Select process variable fortotalizer.

Selection• Off
Mass flow• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow *• Target mass flow *• Carrier mass flow *• Target volume
flow *• Carrier volume
flow *• Target correctedvolume flow *• Carrier correctedvolume flow *• GSV flow *• GSV flow
alternative *• NSV flow *• NSV flow
alternative *• S&W volume flow *• Oil mass flow *• Water mass flow *• Oil volume flow *• Water volume
flow *• Oil correctedvolume flow *• Water correctedvolume flow *• Raw value mass
flow

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser

143

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

10.5.5Carrying out additional display configurations

In the Display submenu you can set all the parameters associated with the configurationof the local display.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Display‣ Display

144

Format display→  146

Value 1 display→  1470% bargraph value 1→  148

100% bargraph value 1→  148

Decimal places 1→  148

Value 2 display→  148

Decimal places 2→  148

Value 3 display→  1480% bargraph value 3→  148

100% bargraph value 3→  148

Decimal places 3→  149

Value 4 display→  149

Decimal places 4→  149

Value 5 display→  1490% bargraph value 5→  149

100% bargraph value 5→  149

Decimal places 5→  149

Value 6 display→  149

Decimal places 6→  149

Value 7 display→  149

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Endress+Hauser

Commissioning

0% bargraph value 7→  149

100% bargraph value 7→  149

Decimal places 7→  150

Value 8 display→  150

Decimal places 8→  150

Display language→  150

Display interval→  150

Display damping→  150

Header→  150

Header text

→  150

Separator→  150

Backlight→  150

145

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Format display

146

Prerequisite
A local display is provided.

Description
Select how measured values
are shown on the display.

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting• 1 value, max. size
• 1 bargraph + 1value• 2 values• 1 value large + 2
values• 4 values

1 value, max. size

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter
Value 1 display

Endress+Hauser

Commissioning

Prerequisite
A local display is provided.

Description
Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting• Mass flow
Mass flow• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow *• Density• Reference density *• Density 2 *• Time period signal
frequency (TPS) *• Time period signal(TPS) *• Temperature• Pressure• Totalizer 1• Totalizer 2• Totalizer 3• GSV flow *• GSV flow
alternative *• NSV flow *• NSV flow
alternative *• S&W volume flow *• Reference density
alternative *• Weighted density
average *• Weighted
temperature
average *• Water cut *• Oil density *• Water density *• Oil mass flow *• Water mass flow *• Oil volume flow *• Water volume
flow *• Oil correctedvolume flow *• Water correctedvolume flow *• Concentration *• Target mass flow *• Carrier mass flow *• Target volume
flow *• Carrier volume
flow *• Target correctedvolume flow *• Carrier correctedvolume flow *• Application
specific output 0 *• Application
specific output 1 *• Inhomogeneous
medium index• Suspended bubbles
index *• HBSI *• Raw value massflow
• Exciter current 0• Oscillation
damping 0147

Commissioning

Parameter

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting• Oscillation
damping
fluctuation 0 *• Oscillation
frequency 0• Frequency
fluctuation 0 *• Oscillation
amplitude 0 *• Signal asymmetry• Torsion signal
asymmetry *• Carrier pipe
temperature *• Electronics
temperature• Sensor index coilasymmetry• Test point 0• Test point 1• Current output 1• Current output 2 *• Current output 3 *• Current output 4 *0% bargraph value 1

A local display is provided.

Enter 0% value for bar graphdisplay.

Signed floating-point
numberCountry-specific:• 0 kg/h• 0 lb/min

100% bargraph value 1

A local display is provided.

Enter 100% value for bar
graph display.

Signed floating-point
numberDepends on country
and nominal
diameter

Decimal places 1

A measured value is specified
in the Value 1 display
parameter.

Select the number of decimal
places for the display value.

• x
• x.x
• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx• x.xxxxx• x.xxxxxx

x.xx

Value 2 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

For the picklist, see
the Value 1 display
parameter(→  131)

None

Decimal places 2

A measured value is specified
in the Value 2 display
parameter.

Select the number of decimal
places for the display value.

• x
• x.x
• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx• x.xxxxx• x.xxxxxx

x.xx

Value 3 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

For the picklist, see
the Value 1 display
parameter(→  131)None

0% bargraph value 3

A selection was made in the
Value 3 display parameter.

Enter 0% value for bar graphdisplay.

Signed floating-point
numberCountry-specific:• 0 kg/h• 0 lb/min

100% bargraph value 3

A selection was made in the
Value 3 display parameter.

Enter 100% value for bar
graph display.

Signed floating-point
number0

148

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter

Commissioning

Prerequisite

Description

Decimal places 3

A measured value is specified
in the Value 3 display
parameter.

Select the number of decimal
places for the display value.

• x
• x.x
• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx• x.xxxxx• x.xxxxxx

x.xx

Value 4 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

For the picklist, see
the Value 1 display
parameter(→  131)

None

Decimal places 4

A measured value is specified
in the Value 4 display
parameter.

Select the number of decimal
places for the display value.

• x
• x.x
• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx• x.xxxxx• x.xxxxxx

x.xx

Value 5 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

For the picklist, see
the Value 1 display
parameter(→  131)None

0% bargraph value 5

An option was selected in the
Value 5 display parameter.

Enter 0% value for bar graphdisplay.

Signed floating-point
numberDepends on country:• 0 kg/h• 0 lb/min

100% bargraph value 5

An option was selected in the
Value 5 display parameter.

Enter 100% value for bar
graph display.

Signed floating-point
number0

Decimal places 5

A measured value is specified
in the Value 5 display
parameter.

Select the number of decimal
places for the display value.

• x
• x.x
• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx• x.xxxxx• x.xxxxxx

x.xx

Value 6 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

For the picklist, see
the Value 1 display
parameter(→  131)

None

Decimal places 6

A measured value is specified
in the Value 6 display
parameter.

Select the number of decimal
places for the display value.

• x
• x.x
• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx• x.xxxxx• x.xxxxxx

x.xx

Value 7 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

For the picklist, see
the Value 1 display
parameter(→  131)None

0% bargraph value 7

An option was selected in the
Value 7 display parameter.

Enter 0% value for bar graphdisplay.

Signed floating-point
numberDepends on country:• 0 kg/h• 0 lb/min

100% bargraph value 7

An option was selected in the
Value 7 display parameter.

Enter 100% value for bar
graph display.

Signed floating-point
number0

Endress+Hauser

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

149

Commissioning

Parameter

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Prerequisite

Description

Decimal places 7

A measured value is specified
in the Value 7 display
parameter.

Select the number of decimal
places for the display value.

• x
• x.x
• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx• x.xxxxx• x.xxxxxx

x.xx

Value 8 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

For the picklist, see
the Value 1 display
parameter(→  131)

None

Decimal places 8

A measured value is specified
in the Value 8 display
parameter.

Select the number of decimal
places for the display value.

• x
• x.x
• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx• x.xxxxx• x.xxxxxx

x.xx

Display language

A local display is provided.

Set display language.

• English• Deutsch• Français• Español• Italiano• Nederlands• Portuguesa• Polski• русский язык(Russian)• Svenska• Türkçe• 中文 (Chinese)• 日本語 (Japanese)• 한국어 (Korean)• tiếng Việt(Vietnamese)• čeština (Czech)

English(alternatively, theordered language ispreset in the device)

Display interval

A local display is provided.

Set time measured values areshown on display if display
alternates between values.

1 to 10 s

5s

Display damping

A local display is provided.

Set display reaction time tofluctuations in the measured
value.

0.0 to 999.9 s

0.0 s

Header

A local display is provided.

Select header contents on local • Device tag
display.
• Free text

Device tag

Header text

The Free text option is
selected in the Header
parameter.

Enter display header text.

Max. 12 characters,such as letters,
numbers or special
characters (e.g. @,%, /)------------

Separator

A local display is provided.

Select decimal separator for
displaying numerical values.

• . (point)• , (comma). (point)

Backlight

One of the following
conditions is met:
• Order code for "Display;
operation", option F "4-line,
illum.; touch control"• Order code for "Display;
operation", option G "4-line,
illum.; touch control+WLAN"

Switch the local display
backlight on and off.

• Disable• Enable

Enable*150

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Commissioning

10.5.6WLAN configuration

The WLAN Settings submenu guides the user systematically through all the parametersthat have to be set for the WLAN configuration.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → WLAN settings‣ WLAN settings
WLAN IP address→  151

Security type→  151

WLAN passphrase→  151

Assign SSID name→  151

SSID name→  152

Apply changes→  152

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

User entry /Selection

Factory setting

WLAN IP address–Enter IP address of the WLAN
interface of the device.

4 octet: 0 to 255 (inthe particular octet)

192.168.1.212

Network security–

Select the security type of the
WLAN network.

• Unsecured• WPA2-PSK• EAP-PEAP withMSCHAPv2 *• EAP-PEAP
MSCHAPv2 noserver authentic. *• EAP-TLS *WPA2-PSKWLAN passphrase

The WPA2-PSK option is
selected in the Security typeparameter.

Enter the network key (8 to 32 8 to 32-digit
characters).
character string
comprising numbers,
The network key
supplied with the device letters and special
characters (without
should be changed
spaces)during commissioningSerial number of themeasuring device(e.g. L100A802000)

for security reasons.
Assign SSID name

Endress+Hauser–

Select which name will be used • Device tag
for SSID: device tag or user• User-defined
defined name.

User-defined151

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter
SSID name

Apply changes*

Prerequisite

Description• The User-defined option is
selected in the Assign SSID
name parameter.
• The WLAN access point
option is selected in the
WLAN mode parameter.

Enter the user-defined SSID
name (max. 32 characters).

–

Use changed WLAN settings.

User entry /Selection

Max. 32-digit
character string
comprising numbers,
The user-defined SSID
letters and specialname may only be
assigned once. If the SSID charactersname is assigned morethan once, the devices
can interfere with one
another.
• Cancel• Ok

Factory setting
EH_devicedesignation_last 7
digits of the serial
number (e.g.
EH_Promass_500_A
802000)CancelVisibility depends on order options or device settings

10.5.7

Configuration management

After commissioning, you can save the current device configurationor restore the previous
device configuration.
You can do so using the Configuration management parameter and the related options
found in the Configuration backup submenu.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Configuration backup‣ Configuration backup
Operating time→  152

Last backup→  152

Configuration management→  152

Backup state→  153

Comparison result→  153

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

User interface / Selection

Factory setting

Operating time

Indicates how long the device has been in
operation.

Days (d), hours (h), minutes(m) and seconds (s)–Last backup

Shows when the last data backup was saved
to HistoROM backup.

Days (d), hours (h), minutes(m) and seconds (s)–Configuration management

Select action for managing the device data in • Cancel
the HistoROM backup.
• Execute backup• Restore *• Compare *• Clear backup data

152

CancelEndress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Commissioning

Parameter

Description

User interface / Selection

Factory setting

Backup stateShows the current status of data saving or
restoring.

• None• Backup in progress• Restoring in progress• Delete in progress• Compare in progress• Restoring failed• Backup failed

None

Comparison result

Comparison of current device data with
HistoROM backup.

• Settings identical• Settings not identical• No backup available• Backup settings corrupt• Check not done
• Dataset incompatible

Check not done*

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Function scope of the "Configuration management" parameter
Options

Description

CancelNo action is executed and the user exits the parameter.

Execute backup

A backup copy of the current device configuration is saved from the HistoROM
backup to the memory of the device. The backup copy includes the transmitter dataof the device.

RestoreThe last backup copy of the device configuration is restored from the device
memory to the device's HistoROM backup. The backup copy includes thetransmitter data of the device.

CompareThe device configuration saved in the device memory is compared with the current
device configuration of the HistoROM backup.

Clear backup data

The backup copy of the device configuration is deleted from the memory of thedevice.

HistoROM backup
A HistoROM is a "non-volatile" device memory in the form of an EEPROM.
While this action is in progress, the configuration cannot be edited via the local
display and a message on the processing status appears on the display.

10.5.8Using parameters for device administration

The Administration submenu systematically guides the user through all the parametersthat can be used for device administration purposes.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Administration‣ Administration

Endress+Hauser‣ Define access code→  154‣ Reset access code→  154

Device reset→  155

153

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Using the parameter to define the access code
Complete this wizard to specify an access code for the Maintenance role.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Administration → Define access code

‣ Define access code
Define access code→  154

Confirm access code→  154

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

User entry

Define access code

Restrict write-access to parameters to protect the configurationof the device against unintentional changes.

Max. 16-digit character string comprisingnumbers, letters and special characters

Confirm access code

Confirm the entered access code.

Max. 16-digit character string comprisingnumbers, letters and special characters

Using the parameter to reset the access code
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Administration → Reset access code

‣ Reset access code
Operating time→  154

Reset access code→  154

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

User interface / User entry

Factory setting

Operating time

Indicates how long the device has been in
operation.

Days (d), hours (h), minutes(m) and seconds (s)–Reset access code

Reset access code to factory settings.

Character string comprisingnumbers, letters and special
characters

0x00



For a reset code, contact yourEndress+Hauser service organization.

The reset code can only be entered via:
• Web browser• DeviceCare, FieldCare (via CDI-RJ45
service interface)• Fieldbus

Using the parameter to reset the device
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Administration

154

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Commissioning

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Device reset*

Description
Reset the device configuration - either
entirely or in part - to a defined state.

Selection• Cancel• To delivery settings• Restart device• Restore S-DAT backup *Factory setting
CancelVisibility depends on order options or device settings

10.6

Simulation

The Simulation submenu enables you to simulate, without a real flow situation, various
process variables in the process and the device alarm mode and to verify downstream
signal chains (switching valves or closed-control loops).
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Simulation‣ Simulation

Endress+Hauser

Assign simulation process variable→  156

Process variable value→  156

Current output 1 to n simulation→  157

Current output value→  157

Frequency output 1 to n simulation→  157

Frequency output 1 to n value→  157

Pulse output simulation 1 to n

→  157

Pulse value 1 to n

→  157

Switch output simulation 1 to n

→  157

Switch state 1 to n

→  157

Relay output 1 to n simulation→  157

Switch state 1 to n

→  157

Pulse output simulation→  157

Pulse value→  157

Device alarm simulation→  157

155

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Diagnostic event category→  157

Diagnostic event simulation→  157

Current input 1 to n simulation→  157

Value current input 1 to n

→  158

Status input 1 to n simulation→  158

Input signal level 1 to n

→  158

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Assign simulation process variable–

Select a process variable forthe simulation process that is
activated.

• Off
Off
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow *• Target mass flow *• Carrier mass flow *• Target volume
flow *• Carrier volume
flow *• Target correctedvolume flow *• Carrier correctedvolume flow *• Density• Reference density *• Reference density
alternative *• GSV flow *• GSV flow
alternative *• NSV flow *• NSV flow
alternative *• S&W volume flow *• Water cut *• Oil density *• Water density *• Oil mass flow *• Water mass flow *• Oil volume flow *• Water volume
flow *• Oil correctedvolume flow *• Water correctedvolume flow *• Temperature• Concentration *• Time period signal
frequency (TPS) *Process variable value

A process variable is selectedin the Assign simulation
process variable parameter(→  156).

Enter the simulation value forthe selected process variable.

Depends on theprocess variableselected

156

0

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Commissioning

Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Current output 1 to n simulation–

Switch the simulation of thecurrent output on and off.

• Off
• On

Off

Current output value

In the Current output 1 to nsimulation parameter, the On
option is selected.

Enter the current value forsimulation.

3.59 to 22.5 mA

3.59 mA

Frequency output 1 to n simulation

In the Operating modeparameter, the Frequency
option is selected.

Switch the simulation of thefrequency output on and off.

• Off
• On

Off

Frequency output 1 to n value

In the Frequency simulation
1 to n parameter, the On
option is selected.

Enter the frequency value forthe simulation.

0.0 to 12 500.0 Hz

0.0 HzPulse output simulation 1 to n

In the Operating modeparameter, the Pulse option is
selected.

Set and switch off the pulse
output simulation.

• Off• Fixed value• Down-counting
value

Off

For Fixed value option:
 Pulsewidth parameter(→  116) defines thepulse width of the pulses
output.

Pulse value 1 to n

In the Pulse output
simulation 1 to n parameter,
the Down-counting value
option is selected.

Enter the number of pulses for
simulation.

0 to 65 535

0

Switch output simulation 1 to n

In the Operating modeparameter, the Switch option
is selected.

Switch the simulation of theswitch output on and off.

• Off
• On

Off

Switch state 1 to n–

Select the status of the status
output for the simulation.

• Open• Closed

Open

Relay output 1 to n simulation–

Switch simulation of the relay
output on and off.

• Off
• On

Off

Switch state 1 to n

The On option is selected in
the Switch output simulation
1 to n parameter parameter.

Select status of the relay
output for the simulation.

• Open• Closed

Open

Pulse output simulation–

Set and switch off the pulse
output simulation.

• Off• Fixed value• Down-counting
value

Off

0 to 65 535

0

Fixed value option:
 For
Pulse width parameter
defines the pulse widthof the pulses output.
Pulse value

In the Pulse output
simulation parameter, theDown-counting value option
is selected.

Set and switch off the pulse
output simulation.

Device alarm simulation–

Switch the device alarm on and • Off
off.
• On

Off

Diagnostic event category–

Select a diagnostic event
category.

• Sensor• Electronics• Configuration• ProcessProcess

Diagnostic event simulation–

Select a diagnostic event tosimulate this event.

• Off• Diagnostic event
picklist (depends
on the category
selected)

Off

Current input 1 to n simulation–

Switch simulation of thecurrent input on and off.

• Off
• On

Off

Endress+Hauser

157

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Value current input 1 to n

In the Current input 1 to nsimulation parameter, the On
option is selected.

Enter the current value forsimulation.

Status input 1 to n simulation–

Switch simulation of the status • Off
input on and off.
• On

Input signal level 1 to n

In the Status input simulation Select the signal level for theparameter, the On option issimulation of the status input.
selected.

*

0 to 22.5 mA• High• Low

Factory setting
0 mA

Off
High

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

10.7

Protecting settings from unauthorized access

The following write protection options exist in order to protect the configuration of themeasuring device from unintentional modification:• Protect access to parameters via access code →  158• Protect access to local operation via key locking →  78
• Protect access to measuring device via write protection switch →  159

10.7.1

Write protection via access code

The effects of the user-specific access code are as follows:• Via local operation, the parameters for the measuring device configuration are writeprotected and their values can no longer be changed.
• Device access is protected via the Web browser, as are the parameters for the measuring
device configuration.
• Device access is protected via FieldCare or DeviceCare (via CDI-RJ45 service interface), as
are the parameters for the measuring device configuration.
Defining the access code via local display
1.

Navigate to the Define access code parameter (→  154).

2.

Define a max. 16-digit character string comprising numbers, letters and special
characters as the access code.

3.

Enter the access code again in the Confirm access code parameter (→  154) toconfirm the code.
 The -symbol appears in front of all write-protected parameters.

The device automatically locks the write-protected parameters again if a key is not pressedfor 10 minutes in the navigation and editing view. The device locks the write-protectedparameters automatically after 60 s if the user skips back to the operational display mode
from the navigation and editing view.
• If parameter write protection is activated via an access code, it can also only be
deactivated via this access code →  77.
• The user role with which the user is currently logged on via the local display→  77 is indicated by the Access status parameter. Navigation path: Operation→ Access status
Parameters which can always be modified via the local display
Certain parameters that do not affect the measurement are excepted from parameter write
protection via the local display. Despite the user-specific access code, they can always be
modified, even if the other parameters are locked.

158

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Commissioning

Language

Parameters for configuring
the local display

Parameters for configuring
the totalizer↓↓

Format display

Control Totalizer

Contrast display

Preset value

Display interval

Reset all totalizers

Defining the access code via the Web browser
1.

Navigate to the Define access code parameter (→  154).

2.

Define a max. 16-digit numeric code as an access code.

3.

Enter the access code again in the Confirm access code parameter (→  154) toconfirm the code.
 The Web browser switches to the login page.
If no action is performed for 10 minutes, the Web browser automatically returns to
the login page.
• If parameter write protection is activated via an access code, it can also only be
deactivated via this access code →  77.
• The user role with which the user is currently logged on via Web browser isindicated by the Access status parameter. Navigation path: Operation → AccessstatusResetting the access code
If you misplace the user-specific access code, it is possible to reset the code to the factory
setting. A reset code must be entered for this purpose. The user-specific access code canthen be defined again afterwards.
Via Web browser, FieldCare, DeviceCare (via CDI-RJ45 service interface), fieldbus
You can only obtain a reset code from your local Endress+Hauser service organization.
The code must be calculated explicitly for every device.
1.

Note down the serial number of the device.

2.

Read off the Operating time parameter.

3.

Contact the local Endress+Hauser service organization and tell them the serial
number and the operating time.
 Get the calculated reset code.

4.

Enter the reset code in the Reset access code parameter (→  154).
 The access code has been reset to the factory setting 0000. It can be redefined→  158.
For IT security reasons, the calculated reset code is only valid for 96 hours from thespecified operating time and for the specific serial number. If you cannot return to thedevice within 96 hours, you should either increase the operating time you read out by
a few days or switch off the device.

10.7.2

Write protection via write protection switch

Unlike parameter write protection via a user-specific access code, this allows the user tolock write access to the entire operating menu - apart from the "Contrast display"parameter.

Endress+Hauser

159

Commissioning

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

The parameter values are now read only and cannot be edited any more (exception"Contrast display" parameter):• Via local display• Via HART protocol
Proline 500 – digital

LWARNING
Excessive tightening torque applied to the fixing screws!
Risk of damaging the plastic transmitter.
‣ Tighten the fixing screws as per the tightening torque: 2 Nm (1.5 lbf ft)

r

Po
I/O
I/O
I/O

we

2

3

4
ES
C

+
Po

we

r
op
en
pres
s

ES

-

E

C

+

-

op
en
pres
s

3.

2.

I/O

2

P

ow

er

1.

2

3

4

I/O

3

I/O

3

1
Off

4.
On

A0029673

1.

Open the housing cover.

2.

Remove the display module.

3.

Fold open the terminal cover.

4.

Setting the write protection (WP) switch on the main electronics module to the ON
position enables hardware write protection.
 In the Locking status parameter, the Hardware locked option is displayed→  162. In addition, on the local display the  symbol appears in front of theparameters in the header of the operational display and in the navigation view.

XXXXXXXXX

20.50
XX

XX
A0029425

5.

160

Setting the write protection (WP) switch on the main electronics module to the OFF
position (factory setting) disables hardware write protection.
 No option is displayed in the Locking status parameter →  162. On the local
display, the  symbol disappears from in front of the parameters in the headerof the operational display and in the navigation view.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Commissioning

Proline 500
1.
OFF ON
1
2
3
4

A0029630

Setting the write protection (WP) switch on the main electronics module to the ON
position enables hardware write protection.
 In the Locking status parameter, the Hardware locked option is displayed→  162. In addition, on the local display the  symbol appears in front of theparameters in the header of the operational display and in the navigation view.

XXXXXXXXX

20.50
XX

XX
A00294252.

Endress+Hauser

Setting the write protection (WP) switch on the main electronics module to the OFF
position (factory setting) disables hardware write protection.
 No option is displayed in the Locking status parameter →  162. On the local
display, the  symbol disappears from in front of the parameters in the headerof the operational display and in the navigation view.

161Operation

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

11

Operation

11.1

Reading off the device locking status

Device active write protection: Locking status parameter
Operation → Locking status
Function scope of the "Locking status" parameter
Options

Description

None

The access authorization displayed in the Access status parameter applies→  77. Only appears on local display.

Hardware locked

The DIP switch for hardware locking is activated on the PCB board. This locks write
access to the parameters (e.g. via local display or operating tool) →  159.

SIL locked

The SIL mode is enabled. This locks write access to the parameters (e.g. via local
display or operating tool).

CT active - all parameters

The DIP switch for custody transfer mode is activated on the PCB board.
Locks the parameters that are relevant for custody transfer and also parametersthat are predefined by Endress+Hauser and are not relevant for custody transfer(e.g. on local display or operating tool).
detailed information on custody transfer mode, see the Special
 For
Documentation for the device

CT active - definedparameters

The DIP switch for the custody transfer mode is activated on the PCB board.
Only locks the parameters that are relevant for custody transfer (e.g. on the local
display or operating tool).
detailed information on custody transfer mode, see the Special
 For
Documentation for the device

Temporarily locked

11.2

Write access to the parameters is temporarily locked on account of internal
processes running in the device (e.g. data upload/download, reset, etc.). Once theinternal processing has been completed, the parameters can be changed once
again.

Adjusting the operating language

Detailed information:• To configure the operating language →  101• For information on the operating languages supported by the measuring device→  245

11.3

Configuring the display

Detailed information:• On the basic settings for the local display →  128• On the advanced settings for the local display →  144

11.4

Reading measured values

With the Measured values submenu, it is possible to read all the measured values.

162

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation

Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values‣ Measured values

11.4.1‣ Measured variables→  163‣ Input values→  174‣ Output values→  176‣ Totalizer→  174"Measured variables" submenu

The Measured variables submenu contains all the parameters needed to display thecurrent measured values for each process variable.
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values → Measured variables‣ Measured variables

Endress+Hauser

Mass flow→  165

Volume flow

→  165

Corrected volume flow

→  165

Density→  165

Reference density→  165

Temperature→  166

Pressure→  166

Concentration→  166

Target mass flow

→  166

Carrier mass flow

→  166

Target corrected volume flow

→  166

Carrier corrected volume flow

→  167

Target volume flow

→  167163

Operation

164

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Carrier volume flow

→  167CTL→  167CPL→  168

CTPL→  168

S&W volume flow

→  168

S&W correction value→  168

Reference density alternative→  168

GSV flow→  169

GSV flow alternative→  169

NSV flow→  169

NSV flow alternative→  169

Oil CTL→  169

Oil CPL→  170

Oil CTPL→  170

Water CTL

→  170

CTL alternative→  170

CPL alternative→  170

CTPL alternative→  171

Oil reference density→  171

Water reference density→  171

Oil density→  171

Water density→  171

Density 2→  172

Water cut→  172

Oil volume flow

→  172

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation

Oil corrected volume flow

→  172

Oil mass flow

→  172

Water volume flow

→  173

Water corrected volume flow

→  173

Water mass flow

→  173

Weighted density average→  173

Weighted temperature average→  173

Time period signal (TPS)→  174

Time period signal frequency (TPS)→  174

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Mass flow

Prerequisite–

Description

User interface

Factory setting

Displays the mass flow that iscurrently measured.

Signed floating-point
number–Signed floating-point
number–Signed floating-point
number–Signed floating-point
number–Signed floating-point
number–Dependency
The unit is taken from: Massflow unit parameter(→  104)
Volume flow–

Displays the volume flow thatis currently calculated.
Dependency
The unit is taken from theVolume flow unit parameter(→  104).

Corrected volume flow–

Displays the corrected volume
flow that is currently
calculated.
Dependency
The unit is taken from:
Corrected volume flow unit
parameter (→  104)

Density–Shows the density currently
measured.
Dependency
The unit is taken from theDensity unit parameter(→  104).

Reference density–

Displays the reference densitythat is currently calculated.
Dependency
The unit is taken from:
Reference density unit
parameter (→  104)

Endress+Hauser

165

Operation

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter
Temperature

Prerequisite–

Description
Shows the medium
temperature currently
measured.

User interface

Factory setting

Signed floating-point
number–Signed floating-point
number–

Displays the concentration that Signed floating-point
is currently calculated.
number–Dependency
The unit is taken from:
Temperature unit parameter(→  105)
Pressure–

Displays either a fixed or
external pressure value.
Dependency
The unit is taken from thePressure unit parameter(→  105).

Concentration

For the following order code:
Order code for "Application
package", option ED"Concentration"
software options
 The
currently enabled are

Dependency
The unit is taken from theConcentration unit
parameter.

displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.
Target mass flow

With the following conditions:
Order code for "Application
package", option ED"Concentration"


Carrier mass flow

With the following conditions:
Order code for "Application
package", option ED"Concentration"


Target corrected volume flow

The software options
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

The software options
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

With the following conditions:• Order code for "Application
package", option ED"Concentration"• The Ethanol in water
option or %mass /%volume option is selectedin the Liquid typeparameter.

Displays the mass flow that iscurrently measured for thetarget medium.

Signed floating-point
number–Signed floating-point
number–

Displays the corrected volume Signed floating-point
flow that is currently measured number
for the target fluid.

–

Dependency
The unit is taken from theMass flow unit parameter(→  104).

Displays the mass flow of thecarrier medium that iscurrently measured.
Dependency
The unit is taken from: Massflow unit parameter(→  104)

Dependency
The unit is taken from theVolume flow unit parameter(→  104).

software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

166

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter
Carrier corrected volume flow

Operation

Prerequisite

Description

User interface

Factory settingWith the following conditions:• Order code for "Application
package", option ED"Concentration"• In the Liquid typeparameter, the Ethanol inwater option or %mass /%volume option is selected.

Displays the corrected volume
flow currently measured forthe carrier fluid.

Signed floating-point
number–Signed floating-point
number–Signed floating-point
number–Dependency
The unit is taken from theVolume flow unit parameter(→  104).

software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.
Target volume flow

With the following conditions:• Order code for "Application
package", option ED"Concentration"• The Ethanol in water
option or %mass /%volume option is selectedin the Liquid typeparameter.
• The %vol option is selectedin the Concentration unit
parameter.

Displays the volume flow
currently measured for thetarget medium.
Dependency
The unit is taken from theVolume flow unit parameter(→  104).

software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.
Carrier volume flow

With the following conditions:• Order code for "Application
package", option ED"Concentration"• The Ethanol in water
option or %mass /%volume option is selectedin the Liquid typeparameter.
• The %vol option is selectedin the Concentration unit
parameter.

Displays the volume flow
currently measured for the
carrier medium.
Dependency
The unit is taken from theVolume flow unit parameter(→  104).

software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.
CTL

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the API
referenced correction
option is selected.

Displays the correction factor
Positive floatingwhich represents the effect of point number
temperature on the fluid. Thisis used to convert themeasured volume flow and themeasured density to values atreference temperature.

–

software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

Endress+Hauser

167

Operation

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter
CPL

Prerequisite
For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the API
referenced correction
option is selected.

Description

User interface

Factory setting

Displays the correction factor
Positive floatingwhich represents the effect of point number
pressure on the fluid. This isused to convert the measured
volume flow and the measured
density to values at reference
pressure.

–

Displays the combinedcorrection factor which
represents the effect oftemperature and pressure on
the fluid. This is used toconvert the measured volume
flow and the measured density
to values at reference
temperature and reference
pressure.

Positive floatingpoint number–

Displays the S&W volume flowwhich is calculated from themeasured total volume flow
minus the net volume flow.

Signed floating-point
number–Positive floatingpoint number–

Signed floating-point
number–software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.
CTPL

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the API
referenced correction
option is selected.
software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

S&W volume flow

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the API
referenced correction
option is selected.
software options
 The
currently enabled are

Dependency
The unit is taken from:
Volume flow unit parameter

displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.
S&W correction value

For the following order code:
Shows the correction value for• "Application package", option sediment and water.
EJ "Petroleum"• In the S&W input modeparameter, the External
value option or the Current
input 1…n option is
selected.
software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

Reference density alternative

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the API
referenced correction
option is selected.
software options
 The
currently enabled are

Displays the fluid density at
the alternative reference
temperature.
Dependency
The unit is taken from:
Reference density unit
parameter

displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

168

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation

Parameter
GSV flow

Prerequisite

Description

User interface

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the API
referenced correction
option is selected.

Displays the measured total
volume flow, corrected to thereference temperature and thereference pressure.

Signed floating-point
number–Signed floating-point
number–Signed floating-point
number–Signed floating-point
number–Positive floatingpoint number–

software options
 The
currently enabled are

Factory setting

Dependency
The unit is taken from:
Corrected volume flow unit
parameter

displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.
GSV flow alternative

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the API
referenced correction
option is selected.
software options
 The
currently enabled are

Displays the measured total
volume flow, corrected to thealternative reference
temperature and thealternative reference pressure.
Dependency
The unit is taken from:
Corrected volume flow unit
parameter

displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.
NSV flow

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the API
referenced correction
option is selected.


NSV flow alternative

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the API
referenced correction
option is selected.


Oil CTL

The software options
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

The software options
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the Net oil &water cut option is selected.
software options
 The
currently enabled are

Displays the net volume flowwhich is calculated from themeasured total volume flow
minus the value for sediment& water and minus theshrinkage.
Dependency
The unit is taken from:
Corrected volume flow unit
parameter

Displays the net volume flowwhich is calculated from themeasured alternative total
volume minus the value forsediment & water and minus
the shrinkage.
Dependency
The unit is taken from:
Corrected volume flow unit
parameter

Displays the correction factor
which represents the effect oftemperature on the oil. This isused to convert the measured
oil volume flow and themeasured oil density to values
at reference temperature.

displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

Endress+Hauser

169

Operation

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter
Oil CPL

Prerequisite

Description

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the Net oil &water cut option is selected.

Displays the correction factor
which represents the effect ofpressure on the oil. This isused to convert the measured
oil volume flow and themeasured oil density to values
at reference pressure.

Positive floatingpoint number–

Displays the combinedcorrection factor which
represents the effect oftemperature and pressure on
the oil. This is used to convert
the measured oil volume flow
and the measured oil density
to values at reference
temperature and reference
pressure.

Positive floatingpoint number–

Displays the correction factor
Positive floatingwhich represents the effect of point number
temperature on the water. Thisis used to convert themeasured water volume flow
and the measured water
density to values at reference
temperature.

–

Displays the correction factor
Positive floatingwhich represents the effect of point number
temperature on the fluid. Thisis used to convert themeasured volume flow and themeasured density to values at
the alternative reference
temperature.

–

Displays the correction factor
Positive floatingwhich represents the effect of point number
pressure on the fluid. This isused to convert the measured
volume flow and the measured
density to values at thealternative reference pressure.

–

software options
 The
currently enabled areUser interface

Factory setting

displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.
Oil CTPL

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the Net oil &water cut option is selected.
software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

Water CTL

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the Net oil &water cut option is selected.
software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

CTL alternative

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the API
referenced correction
option is selected.
software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

CPL alternative

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the API
referenced correction
option is selected.
software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

170

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter
CTPL alternative

Operation

Prerequisite

Description

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the API
referenced correction
option is selected.

Displays the combinedcorrection factor which
represents the effect oftemperature and pressure on
the fluid. This is used toconvert the measured volume
flow and the measured density
to values at the alternativereference temperature and thealternative reference pressure.

Factory setting

Positive floatingpoint number

1

Signed floating-point
number–

For the following order code:
Shows the water density at the Signed floating-point• "Application package", option reference temperature.
number
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the Net oil &water cut option is selected.

–

software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.
Oil reference density

User interface

For the following order code:
Shows the oil density at the• "Application package", option reference temperature.
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the Net oil &water cut option is selected.
software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

Water reference density

software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.
Oil density

For the following order code:
Displays the density of the oil• "Application package", option currently measured.
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the Net oil &water cut option is selected.

Signed floating-point
number–Signed floating-point
number–software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.
Water density

For the following order code:
Displays the density of the• "Application package", option water currently measured.
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the Net oil &water cut option is selected.
software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

Endress+Hauser

171

Operation

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter
Density 2

Prerequisite

Description

For the following order code:
Shows the density currently• "Application package", option measured in the second
EH "Extended density
density unit specified.
function"• "Application package", option
EI "Premium density"

User interface

Factory setting

Signed floating-point
number–0 to 100 %–Signed floating-point
number–Signed floating-point
number–Signed floating-point
number–software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.
Water cut

For the following order code:
Displays the percentage water• "Application package", option volume flow in relation to the
EJ "Petroleum"
total volume flow of the fluid.
• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the API
referenced correction
option is selected.
software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

Oil volume flow

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the Net oil &water cut option is selected.
software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

Oil corrected volume flow

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the Net oil &water cut option is selected.


Oil mass flow

The software options
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the Net oil &water cut option is selected.
software options
 The
currently enabled are

Displays the currently
calculated volume flow of theoil.
Dependency:• Based on the value displayedin the Water cut parameter• The unit is taken from:
Volume flow unit
parameter

Displays the currently
calculated volume flow of theoil, calculated to values atreference temperature andreference pressure.
Dependency:• Based on the value displayedin the Water cut parameter• The unit is taken from:
Corrected volume flow unit
parameter
Displays the currently
calculated mass flow of the oil.
Dependency:• Based on the value displayedin the Water cut parameter• The unit is taken from:
Mass flow unit parameter

displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

172

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation

Parameter
Water volume flow

Prerequisite

Description

User interface

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the Net oil &water cut option is selected.

Displays the currently
calculated volume flow of thewater.

Signed floating-point
number–Signed floating-point
number–Signed floating-point
number–

Displays the weighted average Signed floating-point
for the density since the last
numbertime the density averages were
reset.

–

software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.
Water corrected volume flow

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the Net oil &water cut option is selected.

Water mass flow

The software options
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• In the Petroleum modeparameter, the Net oil &water cut option is selected.
software options
 The
currently enabled are

Factory setting

Dependency:• Based on the value displayedin the Water cut parameter• The unit is taken from:
Volume flow unit
parameter

Displays the currently
calculated volume flow of thewater, calculated to values atreference temperature andreference pressure.
Dependency:• Based on the value displayedin the Water cut parameter• The unit is taken from:
Corrected volume flow unit
parameter
Displays the currently
calculated mass flow of thewater.
Dependency:• Based on the value displayedin the Water cut parameter• The unit is taken from:
Mass flow unit parameter

displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.
Weighted density average

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• "Application package", option
EM "Petroleum + Locking
function"
software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

Weighted temperature average

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• "Application package", option
EM "Petroleum + Locking
function"
software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

Endress+Hauser

Dependency:• The unit is taken from:
Density unit parameter• The value is reset to NaN(Not a Number) via the
Reset weighted averages
parameter
Displays the weighted averagefor the temperature since thelast time the temperature
averages were reset.

Signed floating-point
number–Dependency:• The unit is taken from:
Temperature unit
parameter• The value is reset to NaN(Not a Number) via the
Reset weighted averages
parameter

173

Operation

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter
Time period signal (TPS)

Prerequisite

Description

User interface

Factory setting

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EH "Extended density
function"• "Application package", option
EI "Premium density"

Shows the time period signal(TPS) currently calculated.
Corresponds to the measured
density.

Positive floatingpoint number–

Shows the frequency of thetime period signal (TPS)
currently calculated.
Corresponds to the measured
density.

0 to 10 000 Hz–

software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.
Time period signal frequency (TPS)For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EH "Extended density
function"• "Application package", option
EI "Premium density"
software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

11.4.2"Totalizer" submenu

The Totalizer submenu contains all the parameters needed to display the current
measured values for every totalizer.
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values → Totalizer‣ Totalizer
Totalizer value 1 to n

→  174

Totalizer overflow 1 to n

→  174

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

User interface

Totalizer value 1 to n

A process variable is selected in the
Assign process variable parameter(→  143) of the Totalizer 1 to nsubmenu.

Displays the current totalizer counter
reading.

Signed floating-point
numberTotalizer overflow 1 to n

A process variable is selected in the
Assign process variable parameter(→  143) of the Totalizer 1 to nsubmenu.

Displays the current totalizer overflow.

Integer with sign

11.4.3"Input values" submenu

The Input values submenu guides you systematically to the individual input values.

174

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation

Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values → Input values‣ Input values‣ Current input 1 to n

→  175‣ Status input 1 to n

→  175

Input values of current input
The Current input 1 to n submenu contains all the parameters needed to display thecurrent measured values for every current input.
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values → Input values → Current input 1 to n

‣ Current input 1 to n
Measured values 1 to n

→  175

Measured current 1 to n

→  175

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

User interface

Measured values 1 to n

Displays the current input value.

Signed floating-point number

Measured current 1 to n

Displays the current value of the current input.

0 to 22.5 mA

Input values of status input
The Status input 1 to n submenu contains all the parameters needed to display thecurrent measured values for every status input.
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values → Input values → Status input 1 to n

‣ Status input 1 to n
→  175

Value status input

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Value status input

Endress+Hauser

Description
Shows the current input signal level.

User interface• High• Low

175

Operation

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

11.4.4

Output values

The Output values submenu contains all the parameters needed to display the current
measured values for every output.
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values → Output values‣ Output values‣ Current output 1 to n

→  176‣ Pulse/frequency/switch output→  176‣ Relay output 1 to n

→  177‣ Double pulse output→  178

1 to nOutput values of current output
The Value current output submenu contains all the parameters needed to display thecurrent measured values for every current output.
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values → Output values → Value current output 1 to n

‣ Current output 1 to n
Output current→  176

Measured current→  176

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

User interface

Output current

Displays the current value currently calculated for the current
output.

3.59 to 22.5 mA

Measured current

Displays the current value currently measured for the current
output.

0 to 30 mA

Output values for pulse/frequency/switch output
The Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n submenu contains all the parameters needed
to display the current measured values for every pulse/frequency/switch output.

176

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation

Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values → Output values → Pulse/frequency/switch output
1 to n‣ Pulse/frequency/switch output
1 to nOutput frequency→  177

Pulse output 1 to n

→  177

Switch state→  177

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

User interface

Output frequency

In the Operating mode parameter, theFrequency option is selected.

Displays the value currently measured
for the frequency output.

Pulse output 1 to n

The Pulse option is selected in the
Displays the pulse frequency currently
Operating mode parameter parameter. output.

Positive floating-point
number

Switch state

The Switch option is selected in the
Operating mode parameter.

• Open• Closed

0.0 to 12 500.0 Hz

Displays the current switch output
status.

Output values for relay output
The Relay output 1 to n submenu contains all the parameters needed to display thecurrent measured values for every relay output.
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values → Output values → Relay output 1 to n

‣ Relay output 1 to n
Switch state→  177

Switch cycles→  177

Max. switch cycles number→  177

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

User interface

Switch stateShows the current relay switch status.

• Open• Closed

Switch cycles

Shows number of all performed switch cycles.

Positive integer

Max. switch cycles number

Shows the maximal number of guaranteed switch cycles.

Positive integer

Endress+Hauser

177

Operation

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Output values for double pulse output
The Double pulse output submenu contains all the parameters needed to display thecurrent measured values for every double pulse output.
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values → Output values → Double pulse output‣ Double pulse output→  178

Pulse output

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Pulse output

Description
Shows the currently output pulse frequency.

11.5

User interface
Positive floating-point number

Adapting the measuring device to the process
conditions

The following are available for this purpose:• Basic settings using theSetup menu (→  101)
• Advanced settings using theAdvanced setup submenu (→  136)

11.6

Performing a totalizer reset

The totalizers are reset in the Operation submenu:• Control Totalizer• Reset all totalizers
Navigation"Operation" menu → Totalizer handling‣ Totalizer handling

178

Control Totalizer 1 to n

→  179

Preset value 1 to n

→  179

Totalizer value 1 to n

→  179

Weighted density average→  179

Weighted temperature average→  179

Reset weighted averages→  179

Reset all totalizers→  179

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry / UserinterfaceControl Totalizer 1 to n

A process variable is selected
Control totalizer value.
in the Assign process variable
parameter (→  143) of the
Totalizer 1 to n submenu.

• Totalize• Reset + hold *• Preset + hold *• Reset + totalize• Preset + totalize *• Hold *Preset value 1 to n

A process variable is selected
Specify start value for totalizer. Signed floating-pointin the Assign process variable Dependency
numberparameter (→  143) of the
The unit of the selected
Totalizer 1 to n submenu.
process variable is
specified for the totalizer
in the Unit totalizer
parameter (→  143).

Country-specific:• 0 kg• 0 lb

Totalizer value 1 to n

A process variable is selected
Displays the current totalizer
in the Assign process variable counter reading.
parameter (→  143) of the
Totalizer 1 to n submenu.

Signed floating-point
number–

Weighted density average

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• "Application package", option
EM "Petroleum + Locking
function"

Displays the weighted average Signed floating-point
for the density since the last
numbertime the density averages were
reset.

–



software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.
Weighted temperature average

For the following order code:• "Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"• "Application package", option
EM "Petroleum + Locking
function"
software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

Reset weighted averages

The values can only be reset atzero flow.
For the following order code:"Application package", option
EJ "Petroleum"

Factory setting

Totalize

Dependency:• The unit is taken from:
Density unit parameter• The value is reset to NaN(Not a Number) via the
Reset weighted averages
parameter
Displays the weighted averagefor the temperature since thelast time the temperature
averages were reset.

Signed floating-point
number–Resets the weighted averages
for density and temperature to
NaN (Not a Number) and thenstarts determining theweighted averages.

• Totalize• Reset weighted
averages• Reset weighted
averages +totalizer 3

Totalize

Reset all totalizers to 0 andstart.

• Cancel• Reset + totalize

CancelDependency:• The unit is taken from:
Temperature unit
parameter• The value is reset to NaN(Not a Number) via the
Reset weighted averages
parameter

software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.
Reset all totalizers*–

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser

179

Operation

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

11.6.1

Function scope of "Control Totalizer" parameter

Options

Description

Totalize

The totalizer is started or continues running.

Reset + holdPreset + hold

The totaling process is stopped and the totalizer is reset to 0.
1)

The totaling process is stopped and the totalizer is set to its defined start value
from the Preset value parameter.

Reset + totalize
Preset + totalize
Hold
1)

The totalizer is reset to 0 and the totaling process is restarted.
1)

The totalizer is set to the defined start value in the Preset value parameter and thetotaling process is restarted.
Totalizing is stopped.

Visible depending on the order options or device settings

11.6.2Function scope of the "Reset all totalizers" parameter

Options

Description

CancelNo action is executed and the user exits the parameter.

Reset + totalize

Resets all totalizers to 0 and restarts the totaling process. This deletes all the flow
values previously totalized.

11.7

Show data logging

The Extended HistoROM application package must be enabled in the device (order
option) for the Data logging submenu to appear. This contains all the parameters for themeasured value history.
Data logging is also available via:
• Plant Asset Management Tool FieldCare →  89.
• Web browser
Function scope• A total of 1000 measured values can be stored• 4 logging channels• Adjustable logging interval for data logging• Measured value trend for each logging channel displayed in the form of a chart/ ../XXXXXXXX
175.7740.69 kg/h
-100s

0A0016357

 43

Chart of a measured value trend• x-axis: depending on the number of channels selected displays 250 to 1000 measured
values of a process variable.
• y-axis: displays the approximate measured value span and constantly adapts this to theongoing measurement.
If the length of the logging interval or the assignment of the process variables to thechannels is changed, the content of the data logging is deleted.

180

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation

Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Data logging‣ Data logging
Assign channel 1→  182

Assign channel 2→  183

Assign channel 3→  183

Assign channel 4→  183

Logging interval→  183

Clear logging data

→  183

Data logging→  183

Logging delay→  183

Data logging control→  183

Data logging status→  184

Entire logging duration→  184‣ Display channel 1‣ Display channel 2‣ Display channel 3‣ Display channel 4

Endress+Hauser

181

Operation

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Assign channel 1

182

Prerequisite

The Extended HistoROM
application package isavailable.

Description

Assign process variable tologging channel.

Selection / User
entry / Userinterface

Factory setting

• Off
Off
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow *• Density• Reference density *• Temperature• Pressure• GSV flow *• GSV flow
alternative *• NSV flow *• NSV flow
alternative *• S&W volume flow *• Reference density
alternative *• Water cut *• Oil density *• Water density *• Oil mass flow *• Water mass flow *• Oil volume flow *• Water volume
flow *• Oil correctedvolume flow *• Water correctedvolume flow *• Concentration *• Target mass flow *• Carrier mass flow *• Target volume
flow *• Carrier volume
flow *• Target correctedvolume flow *• Carrier correctedvolume flow *• Application
specific output 0 *• Application
specific output 1 *• Inhomogeneous
medium index• Suspended bubbles
index *• HBSI *• Raw value massflow
• Exciter current 0• Oscillation
damping 0• Oscillation
damping
fluctuation 0 *• Oscillation
frequency 0• Frequency
fluctuation 0 *• Oscillation
amplitude *Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation

Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry / Userinterface

Factory setting• Oscillation
amplitude 1 *• Signal asymmetry• Torsion signal
asymmetry *• Carrier pipe
temperature *• Electronics
temperature• Sensor index coilasymmetry• Test point 0• Test point 1• Current output 1• Current output 2 *• Current output 3 *• Current output 4 *Assign channel 2

The Extended HistoROM
application package isavailable.

Assign a process variable tologging channel.

For the picklist, see
the Assign channel
1 parameter(→  182)

Off

Assign a process variable tologging channel.

For the picklist, see
the Assign channel
1 parameter(→  182)

Off

Assign a process variable tologging channel.

For the picklist, see
the Assign channel
1 parameter(→  182)

Off

software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.
Assign channel 3

The Extended HistoROM
application package isavailable.
software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

Assign channel 4

The Extended HistoROM
application package isavailable.
software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

Logging interval

The Extended HistoROM
application package isavailable.

Define the logging interval fordata logging. This value
defines the time interval
between the individual data
points in the memory.

0.1 to 3 600.0 s

1.0 s

Clear logging data

The Extended HistoROM
application package isavailable.

Clear the entire logging data.

• Cancel• Clear data

CancelData logging–

Select the type of data logging.

• Overwriting• Not overwriting

Overwriting

Logging delay

In the Data logging
parameter, the Not
overwriting option is selected.

Enter the time delay formeasured value logging.

0 to 999 h

0h

Data logging control

In the Data logging
parameter, the Not
overwriting option is selected.

Start and stop measured value
logging.

• None• Delete + start• StopNone

Endress+Hauser

183

Operation

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Data logging status

In the Data logging
parameter, the Not
overwriting option is selected.

Displays the measured value
logging status.

• Done• Delay active• Active• Stopped

Done

Entire logging duration

In the Data logging
parameter, the Not
overwriting option is selected.

Displays the total logging
duration.

Positive floatingpoint number

0s*

Selection / User
entry / Userinterface

Factory setting

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

11.8

Gas Fraction Handler

The Gas Fraction Handler improves measurement stability and repeatability in the event of
two-phase media and provides valuable diagnostic information for the process.
The function continuously checks for the presence of gas bubbles in liquids or droplets ingases, as this second phase influences the output values for flow and density.
In the case of two-phase media, the Gas Fraction Handler stabilizes the output values andenables better readability for operators and easier interpretation by the distributed control
system. The level of smoothing is adjusted according to the severity of the disturbances
introduced by the second phase. In the case of single-phase media, the Gas Fraction
Handler does not have any influence on the output values.
Possible options in the Gas Fraction Handler parameter:• Off: Disables the Gas Fraction Handler. When a second phase is present, large
fluctuations in the values output for flow and density will occur.
• Moderate: Use for applications with low levels or intermittent levels of second phase.
• Powerful: Use for applications with very significant levels of second phase.
The Gas Fraction Handler is cumulative to any fixed damping constants applied to flow anddensity that are set elsewhere in the instrument parameterization.
For detailed information on the parameter descriptions of the Gas Fraction Handler,see the Special Documentation for the device →  255

11.8.1"Measurement mode" submenu

Navigation"Expert" menu → Sensor → Measurement mode

‣ Measurement mode→  184

Gas Fraction Handler (6377)

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Gas Fraction Handler

184

Description
Activates the Gas Fraction Handler function
for two phase media.

Selection• Off• Moderate• Powerful

Factory setting
ModerateEndress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operation

11.8.2"Medium index" submenu

Navigation"Expert" menu → Application → Medium index‣ Medium index
Inhomogeneous medium index (6368)→  185

Cut off inhomogeneous wet gas (6375)→  185

Cut off inhomogeneous liquid (6374)→  185

Suspended bubbles index (6376)→  185

Cut off suspended bubbles (6370)→  185

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

User interface / User
entry

Factory setting

Inhomogeneous medium index–

Shows the degree of
Signed floating-point
inhomogeneity of the medium. number–

Cut off inhomogeneous wet gas–

Enter cut off value for wet gas
applications. Below this value
the 'Inhomogeneous medium
index' is set to 0.

Positive floatingpoint number

0.25

Cut off inhomogeneous liquid–Enter cut off value for liquid
applications. Below this value
the 'Inhomogeneous medium
index' is set to 0.

Positive floatingpoint number

0.05

Suspended bubbles index

The diagnostic index is only
available for Promass Q.

Shows the relative amount ofsuspended bubbles in themedium.

Signed floating-point
number–Cut off suspended bubbles

The parameter is only available Enter the cut off value forfor Promass Q.
suspended bubbles. Below thisvalue the 'Index for suspended
bubbles' is set to 0.

Positive floatingpoint number

0.05

Endress+Hauser

185

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

12

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

12.1

General troubleshooting

For local display
Error

186

Possible causes

RemedyLocal display dark and no output
signals

Supply voltage does not match thatspecified on the nameplate.

Apply the correct supply voltage→  55→  48.

Local display dark and no output
signals

The polarity of the supply voltage is Correct the polarity.
wrong.

Local display dark and no output
signals

No contact between connecting
cables and terminals.

Check the connection of the cables
and correct if necessary.

Local display dark and no output
signals

Terminals are not plugged into the
I/O electronics module correctly.
Terminals are not plugged into themain electronics module correctly.

Check terminals.

Local display dark and no output
signals

I/O electronics module is defective.
Main electronics module isdefective.

Order spare part →  212.

Local display dark and no output
signals

The connector between the mainelectronics module and display
module is not plugged in correctly.

Check the connection and correct ifnecessary.

Local display dark and no output
signals

The connecting cable is not plugged 1. Check the connection of thein correctly.
electrode cable and correct ifnecessary.
2. Check the connection of the coilcurrent cable and correct ifnecessary.

Local display is dark, but signal
output is within the valid range

Display is set too bright or too dark. • Set the display brighter bysimultaneously pressing  + .
• Set the display darker bysimultaneously pressing  + .

Local display is dark, but signal
output is within the valid range

The cable of the display module isnot plugged in correctly.

Insert the plug correctly into themain electronics module anddisplay module.

Local display is dark, but signal
output is within the valid range

Display module is defective.

Order spare part →  212.

Backlighting of local display is red

Diagnostic event with "Alarm"
diagnostic behavior has occurred.

Take remedial measures →  198

Text on local display appears in aforeign language and cannot be
understood.

Incorrect operating language isconfigured.

1. Press 2 s  +  ("homeposition").
2. Press .
3. Set the desired language in the
Display language parameter(→  150).

Message on local display:"Communication Error""Check Electronics"

Communication between thedisplay module and the electronics
is interrupted.

• Check the cable and theconnector between the mainelectronics module and display
module.
• Order spare part →  212.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

For output signals
Error

Possible causes

Remedial action

Signal output outside the valid
range

Main electronics module isdefective.

Order spare part →  212.

Signal output outside the valid
current range(< 3.6 mA or > 22 mA)

Main electronics module isdefective.
I/O electronics module is defective.

Order spare part →  212.

Device shows correct value on local Parametrization errors
display, but signal output isincorrect, though in the valid range.

Check parameterization and correctit.

Device measures incorrectly.

1. Check and correct parameter
configuration.
2. Observe limit values specified inthe "Technical Data".

Configuration error or device isoperated outside the application.

For access
Error

Possible causes

RemedyNo write access to parameters

Hardware write protection enabled

Set the write protection switch on the mainelectronics module to the OFF position→  159.

No write access to parameters

Current user role has limited accessauthorization

1. Check user role →  77.
2. Enter correct customer-specific access code→  77.

No connection via HART protocol

Missing or incorrectly installed communication
resistor.

Install the communication resistor (250 Ω)correctly. Observe the maximum load →  222.

No connection via HART protocol

Commubox• Connected incorrectly• Configured incorrectly• Drivers not installed correctly• USB interface on computer configured
incorrectly

Observe the documentation for the Commubox.

Web server disabled

Using the "FieldCare" or "DeviceCare" operating
tool, check whether the Web server of themeasuring device is enabled, and enable it ifnecessary→  84.

Incorrect settings for the Ethernet interface ofthe computer

1. Check the properties of the Internet protocol(TCP/IP) →  80→  80.
2. Check the network settings with the IT
manager.

No connection to Web server

Incorrect IP address

Check the IP address: 192.168.1.212→  80→  80

No connection to Web server

Incorrect WLAN access data

• Check WLAN network status.
• Log on to the device again using WLAN
access data.
• Check that WLAN is enabled on themeasuring device and operating device→  80.

WLAN communication disabled–

Not connecting to Web server, FieldCare or
DeviceCare

No WLAN network available• Check if WLAN reception is present: LED on
display module is lit blue
• Check if WLAN connection is enabled: LED on
display module flashes blue
• Switch on instrument function.

Network connection not present or unstable

WLAN network is weak.

• Operating device is outside of reception range:
Check network status on operating device.
• To improve network performance, use an
external WLAN antenna.

No connection to Web serverEndress+Hauser

HART: Document "Technical FXA195
Information" TI00404F

187

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Error

Possible causes

RemedyParallel WLAN and Ethernet communication• Check network settings.
• Temporarily enable only the WLAN as aninterface.

Data transfer active

Wait until data transfer or current action isfinished.

Connection lost

1. Check cable connection and power supply.
2. Refresh the Web browser and restart if
necessary.

Not using optimum version of Web server.

1. Use the correct Web browser version→  79.
2. Clear the Web browser cache and restart the
Web browser.

Unsuitable view settings.

Change the font size/display ratio of the Webbrowser.

No or incomplete display of contents in the Webbrowser• JavaScript not enabled• JavaScript cannot be enabled

1. Enable JavaScript.
2. Enter http://XXX.XXX.X.X.XX/servlet/
basic.html as the IP address.

Operation with FieldCare or DeviceCare notpossible via CDI-RJ45 service interface (port
8000)

Firewall of computer or network is preventing
communication

Depending on the settings of the firewall usedon the computer or in the network, the firewall
must be adapted or disabled to allow FieldCare/
DeviceCare access.

Flashing of firmware with FieldCare or
DeviceCare via CDI-RJ45 service interface (viaport 8000 or TFTP ports)

Firewall of computer or network is preventing
communication

Depending on the settings of the firewall usedon the computer or in the network, the firewall
must be adapted or disabled to allow FieldCare/
DeviceCare access.

Web browser frozen and operation no longer
possible

Content of Web browser incomplete or difficult
to read12.2

Diagnostic information via light emitting diodes

12.2.1

Transmitter

Proline 500 – digital
Different LEDs in the transmitter provide information on the device status.

188

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

r

we

Po
I/O
I/O
I/O

2

3

4
ES

C

+
Po

ES

-

E

we

r
op
en
pres
s

C

+

-

op
en
pres
s

3.

2.

I/O

3

I/O

2

P

ow

er

1.

5

I/O

3

1
2

3

4
A0029689

1
2
3
4
5

Supply voltage
Device status
Not usedCommunication
Service interface (CDI) active

1.

Open the housing cover.

2.

Remove the display module.

3.

Fold open the terminal cover.

LED

Color

Meaning

Off

Supply voltage is off or too low.

Green

Supply voltage is ok.

Off

Firmware error

Green

Device status is ok.

Flashing green

Device is not configured.

Flashing red

A diagnostic event with "Warning" diagnostic
behavior has occurred.

Red

A diagnostic event with "Alarm" diagnostic behavior
has occurred.

Flashing red/green

The device restarts.

Device status (during
start-up)Flashes red slowly

If > 30 seconds: problem with the boot loader.

Flashes red quickly

If > 30 seconds: compatibility problem whenreading the firmware.

3

Not used––4

Communication

Off

Communication not active.

White

Communication active.

Off

Not connected or no connection established.

Yellow

Connected and connection established.

Flashing yellow

Service interface active.

1

2

2

5

Endress+Hauser

Supply voltage

Device status (normal
operation)

Service interface (CDI)

189

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Proline 500
Different LEDs in the transmitter provide information on the device status.

1 2 3 4 5A0029629

1
2
3
4
5

Supply voltage
Device status
Not usedCommunication
Service interface (CDI) active

LED

Color

Meaning

Off

Supply voltage is off or too low.

Green

Supply voltage is ok.

Off

Firmware error

Green

Device status is ok.

Flashing green

Device is not configured.

Red

A diagnostic event with "Alarm" diagnostic behavior
has occurred.

Flashing red

A diagnostic event with "Warning" diagnostic
behavior has occurred.

Flashing red/green

The device restarts.

Device status (during
start-up)Flashes red slowly

If > 30 seconds: problem with the boot loader.

Flashes red quickly

If > 30 seconds: compatibility problem whenreading the firmware.

3

Not used––4

Communication

Off

Communication not active.

White

Communication active.

Off

Not connected or no connection established.

Yellow

Connected and connection established.

Flashing yellow

Service interface active.

1

2

2

5

Supply voltage

Device status (normal
operation)

Service interface (CDI)

12.2.2

Sensor connection housing

Proline 500 – digital
Various light emitting diodes (LED) on the ISEM electronics unit (intelligent sensor
electronics module) in the sensor connection housing provide information about the device
status.

190

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

1
64 B Communication
63 A
Communication

2

Alarm

Power

61 L+
62 L-

Power

3

A0029699

1
2
3

Communication
Device status
Supply voltage

LED

Meaning1

Communication

White

Communication active.

2

Device status (normal
operation)

Red

Error

Flashing red

Warning

Device status (during
start-up)Flashes red slowly

If > 30 seconds: problem with the boot loader.

Flashes red quickly

If > 30 seconds: compatibility problem whenreading the firmware.

Supply voltage

Green

Supply voltage is ok.

OffSupply voltage is off or too low.

2

3

Endress+Hauser

Color

191

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

12.3

Diagnostic information on local display

12.3.1

Diagnostic message

Faults detected by the self-monitoring system of the measuring device are displayed as adiagnostic message in alternation with the operational display.
Operational display in alarm condition

Diagnostic message

2 1

XXXXXXXXX

S

20.50

S801

3
4

Supply voltage

XX

X

S

XXXXXXXXX

i

Menu

5
A0029426-EN

1
2
3
4
5

Status signal
Diagnostic behavior
Diagnostic behavior with diagnostic code
Short text
Operating elements

If two or more diagnostic events are pending simultaneously, only the message of thediagnostic event with the highest priority is shown.
Other diagnostic events that have occurred can be displayed in the Diagnostics menu:• Via parameter →  203• Via submenus →  204
Status signals
The status signals provide information on the state and reliability of the device by
categorizing the cause of the diagnostic information (diagnostic event).
The status signals are categorized according to VDI/VDE 2650 and NAMUR
Recommendation NE 107: F = Failure, C = Function Check, S = Out of Specification, M= Maintenance Required
SymbolMeaning
FailureA device error has occurred. The measured value is no longer valid.
Function check
The device is in service mode (e.g. during a simulation).
Out of specification
The device is operated:• Outside its technical specification limits (e.g. outside the process temperature range)• Outside of the configuration carried out by the user (e.g. maximum flow in parameter
20 mA value)
Maintenance required
Maintenance is required. The measured value remains valid.

192

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Diagnostic behavior
SymbolMeaning
Alarm• Measurement is interrupted.
• Signal outputs and totalizers assume the defined alarm condition.
• A diagnostic message is generated.
Warning
Measurement is resumed. The signal outputs and totalizers are not affected. A diagnostic
message is generated.

Diagnostic information
The fault can be identified using the diagnostic information. The short text helps you byproviding information about the fault. In addition, the corresponding symbol for the
diagnostic behavior is displayed in front of the diagnostic information on the local display.
Diagnostic information
Diagnostic code
Diagnostic
behavior

Status signal

Diagnostic
numberShort text

↓

↓

↓

441

Curr.output 1

ExampleA0013962

A0013958

NAMUR
NE 1073-digit number

Operating elements
Key

MeaningPlus key
In a menu, submenu
Opens the message about remedy information.
Enter key
In a menu, submenu
Opens the operating menu.

Endress+Hauser

193

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

12.3.2

Calling up remedial measuresS

XXXXXXXXX

20.50

S801
Supply voltage
i

XX

X

S

XXXXXXXXX

Menu

1.

1

Diagnostic list
Diagnostics 1

S

S801 Supply voltage

Diagnostics 2
Diagnostics 3
2.
2
4
6

Supply voltage(ID:203)
S801 0d00h02m25s
Increase supply voltage

35

3.
A0029431-EN

 44

Message for remedial measures

1
2
3
4
5
6

Diagnostic information
Short text
Service ID
Diagnostic behavior with diagnostic code
Operation time when error occurred
Remedial measures

1.

The user is in the diagnostic message.
Press  ( symbol).
 The Diagnostic list submenu opens.

2.

Select the desired diagnostic event with  or  and press  .
 The message about the remedial measures opens.

3.

Press  +  simultaneously.
 The message about the remedial measures closes.

The user is in the Diagnostics menu at an entry for a diagnostics event, e.g. in the
Diagnostic list submenu or Previous diagnostics parameter.
1.

Press .
 The message for the remedial measures for the selected diagnostic event opens.

2.

Press  +  simultaneously.
 The message for the remedial measures closes.

12.4

Diagnostic information in the Web browser

12.4.1

Diagnostic options

Any faults detected by the measuring device are displayed in the Web browser on thehome page once the user has logged on.

194

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

1

2

3
A0031056

1
2
3

Status area with status signal
Diagnostic information
Remedial measures with service ID

In addition, diagnostic events which have occurred can be shown in the Diagnostics
menu:• Via parameter →  203• Via submenu →  204
Status signals
The status signals provide information on the state and reliability of the device by
categorizing the cause of the diagnostic information (diagnostic event).
SymbolMeaning
FailureA device error has occurred. The measured value is no longer valid.
Function check
The device is in the service mode (during a simulation, for example).
Out of specification
The device is being operated:• Outside its technical specification limits (e.g. outside the process temperature range)• Outside of the configuration carried out by the user (e.g. maximum flow in parameter
20 mA value)
Maintenance required
Maintenance is required. The measured value is still valid.

The status signals are categorized in accordance with VDI/VDE 2650 and NAMUR
Recommendation NE 107.

12.4.2

Calling up remedy information

Remedy information is provided for every diagnostic event to ensure that problems can berectified quickly. These measures are displayed in red along with the diagnostic event andthe related diagnostic information.

Endress+Hauser

195

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

12.5

Diagnostic information in FieldCare or DeviceCare

12.5.1

Diagnostic options

Any faults detected by the measuring device are displayed on the home page of theoperating tool once the connection has been established.
1
Xxxxxx/…/…/
Device name: Xxxxxxx

Mass flow:

12.34

kg/h

Device tag:

Volume flow:

12.34

m³/h

Xxxxxxx

Status signal:

Function check (C)XxxxxxDiagnostics 1:

C485 Simu...

P
P

Remedy information:

Deactivate...

P

Access status tooling:

Mainenance+Operation

+

Setup

+

Diagnostics+

ExpertFailure (F)2Function check (C)Diagnostics 1:

C485 Simulation measured vari...

Remedy information:

Deactivate Simulation (Service...

3

Out of spezification (S)Maintenance required (M)A0021799-EN

1
2
3

Status area with status signal →  192
Diagnostics information →  193
Remedial measures with service ID

In addition, diagnostic events which have occurred can be shown in the Diagnostics
menu:• Via parameter →  203• Via submenu →  204
Diagnostic information
The fault can be identified using the diagnostic information. The short text helps you byproviding information about the fault. In addition, the corresponding symbol for the
diagnostic behavior is displayed in front of the diagnostic information on the local display.
Diagnostic information
Diagnostic code
Diagnostic
behavior

Status signal

Diagnostic
numberShort text

↓

↓

↓

441

Curr.output 1

ExampleA0013962

A0013958

NAMUR
NE 107196

3-digit number

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

12.5.2

Calling up remedy information

Remedy information is provided for every diagnostic event to ensure that problems can berectified quickly:• On the home page
Remedy information is displayed in a separate field below the diagnostics information.
• In the Diagnostics menu
Remedy information can be called up in the working area of the user interface.
The user is in the Diagnostics menu.
1.

Call up the desired parameter.

2.

On the right in the working area, mouse over the parameter.
 A tool tip with remedy information for the diagnostic event appears.

12.6

Adapting the diagnostic information

12.6.1

Adapting the diagnostic behavior

Each item of diagnostic information is assigned a specific diagnostic behavior at thefactory. The user can change this assignment for specific diagnostic information in the
Diagnostic behavior submenu.
Expert → System → Diagnostic handling → Diagnostic behavior
0723-1/ ../Diagn. behavior
Diagnostic no. 044

WarningDiagnostic no. 274
Diagnostic no. 801
A0014048-EN

 45

Taking the example of the local display

You can assign the following options to the diagnostic number as the diagnostic behavior:
Options

Description

Alarm

The device stops measurement. The signal outputs and totalizers assume the definedalarm condition. A diagnostic message is generated.
The background lighting changes to red.

Warning

The device continues to measure. The signal outputs and totalizers are not affected. A
diagnostic message is generated.

Logbook entry only

The device continues to measure. The diagnostic message is displayed only in the Eventlogbook submenu (Event list submenu) and is not displayed in alternation with theoperational display.

Off

The diagnostic event is ignored, and no diagnostic message is generated or entered.

12.6.2

Adapting the status signal

Each item of diagnostic information is assigned a specific status signal at the factory. The
user can change this assignment for specific diagnostic information in the Diagnostic
event category submenu.
Expert → Communication → Diagnostic event category

Endress+Hauser

197

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Available status signals
Configuration as per HART 7 Specification (Condensed Status), in accordance with
NAMUR NE107.
SymbolMeaning
FailureA device error is present. The measured value is no longer valid.
A0013956

Function check
The device is in service mode (e.g. during a simulation).
A0013959

A0013958

Out of specification
The device is being operated:• Outside its technical specification limits (e.g. outside the process temperature range)• Outside of the configuration carried out by the user (e.g. maximum flow in parameter
20 mA value)
Maintenance required
Maintenance is required. The measured value is still valid.

A0013957

Has no effect on the condensed status.
A0023076

12.7

Overview of diagnostic information

In the case of some items of diagnostic information, the status signal and the
diagnostic behavior can be changed. Change the diagnostic information →  197
Diagnostic
numberShort text

Remedy instructions

Statussignal[from thefactory]

Diagnostic
behavior[from thefactory]

Diagnostic of sensor

198

002

Sensor unknown

1. Check if the correct sensor ismounted2. Check if the 2-D matrix code on thesensor is undamaged

F

Alarm

022

Temperature sensor
defective

1. If available: Check connection cablebetween sensor and transmitter
2. Check or replace sensor electronic
module (ISEM)
3. Replace sensor

F

Alarm

046

Sensor limit exceeded

1. Check process conditions
2. Check sensor

S

Warning 1)

062

Sensor connection faulty 1. If available: Check connection cablebetween sensor and transmitter
2. Check or replace sensor electronic
module (ISEM)
3. Replace sensor

F

Alarm

063

Exciter current faulty

1. If available: Check connection cablebetween sensor and transmitter
2. Check or replace sensor electronic
module (ISEM)
3. Replace sensor

F

Alarm

082

Data storage
inconsistent

Check module connections

F

Alarm

083

Memory content
inconsistent

1. Restart device
2. Restore S-DAT data
3. Replace S-DAT

F

Alarm

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Diagnostic
numberShort text

Remedy instructions

Statussignal[from thefactory]

Diagnostic
behavior[from thefactory]

119

Sensor initialization
activeSensor initialization in progress, pleasewaitCWarning140

Sensor signal
asymmetrical

1. If available: Check connection cablebetween sensor and transmitter
2. Check or replace sensor electronic
module (ISEM)
3. Replace sensor

S

Alarm 1)141

Zero adjustment failed

1. Check process conditions
2. Repeat commissioning procedure
3. Check sensor

F

Alarm

142

Sensor index coilasymmetry too highCheck sensor

S

Warning 1)

144

Measurement error too
high

1. Check process conditions
2. Check or change sensor

F

Alarm 1)

Diagnostic of electronic

Endress+Hauser

201

Electronics faulty

1. Restart device
2. Replace electronics

F

Alarm

242

Firmware incompatible

1. Check firmware version
2. Flash or replace electronic module

F

Alarm

252

Module incompatible

1. Check electronic modules
2. Check if correct modules areavailable (e.g. NEx, Ex)
3. Replace electronic modules

F

Alarm

262

Module connection
interrupted

1. Check or replace connection cablebetween sensor electronic module(ISEM) and main electronics
2. Check or replace ISEM or mainelectronics

F

Alarm

270

Main electronics
defective

1. Restart device
2. Replace main electronic module

F

Alarm

271

Main electronics faulty

1. Restart device
2. Replace main electronic module

F

Alarm

272

Main electronics faulty

Restart device

F

Alarm

273

Main electronics
defective

1. Pay attention to display emergency
operation
2. Replace main electronics

F

Alarm

275

I/O module defective

Change I/O module

F

Alarm

276

I/O module faulty

1. Restart device
2. Change I/O module

F

Alarm

283

Memory content
inconsistent

Restart device

F

Alarm

302

Device verification active Device verification active, please wait.

CWarning 1)

303

I/O 1 to n configuration
changed304

Device verification failed 1. Check verification report
2. Repeat commissioning procedure
3. Check sensor

F

Alarm 1)

311

Sensor electronics(ISEM) faulty

Maintenance required!
Do not reset device

M

Warning

330

Flash file invalid

1. Update firmware of device
2. Restart device

M

Warning

1. Apply I/O module configuration
M(parameter 'Apply I/O configuration')
2. Afterwards reload device description
and check wiring

Warning199

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Diagnostic
numberShort text

331

Firmware update failed

332

Remedy instructions

Statussignal[from thefactory]

Diagnostic
behavior[from thefactory]

1. Update firmware of device
2. Restart deviceF

Warning

Writing in HistoROM
backup failed

1. Replace user interface board
2. Ex d/XP: replace transmitter

F

Alarm

361

I/O module 1 to n faulty

1. Restart device
2. Check electronic modules
3. Change I/O module or mainelectronics

F

Alarm

369

Matrix code scanner
defective

Replace matrix code scanner

F

Alarm

371

Temperature sensor
defective

Contact service

M

Warning372

Sensor electronics(ISEM) faulty

1. Restart device
2. Check if failure recurs
3. Replace sensor electronic module(ISEM)

F

Alarm

373

Sensor electronics(ISEM) faulty

Transfer data or reset device

F

Alarm

374

Sensor electronics(ISEM) faulty

1. Restart device
2. Check if failure recurs
3. Replace sensor electronic module(ISEM)

S

Warning 1)

375

I/O- 1 to ncommunication failed

1. Restart device
2. Check if failure recurs
3. Replace module rack inclusiveelectronic modules

F

Alarm

378

Supply voltage ISEM
faulty1. If available: Check connection cablebetween sensor and transmitter
2. Replace main electronic module
3. Replace sensor electronic module(ISEM)

F

Alarm

382

Data storage

1. Insert T-DAT
2. Replace T-DAT

F

Alarm

383

Memory content

Reset device

F

Alarm

387

HistoROM data faulty

Contact service organization

F

Alarm

Diagnostic of configuration

200

410

Data transfer failed

1. Retry data transfer
2. Check connection

F

Alarm

412

Processing download

Download active, please waitCWarning

431

Trim 1 to n required

Carry out trim

C

Warning437

Configuration
incompatible

1. Update firmware
2. Execute factory reset

F

Alarm

438

Dataset different

1. Check data set file
2. Check device parameterization
3. Download new device
parameterization

M

Warning

441

Current output 1 to n
faulty1. Check process
2. Check current output settings

S

Warning 1)

442

Frequency output faulty

1. Check process
2. Check frequency output settings

S

Warning 1)

443

Pulse output 1 to n
faulty1. Check process
2. Check pulse output settings

S

Warning 1)

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Diagnostic
numberEndress+Hauser

Short text

Remedy instructions

Statussignal[from thefactory]

Diagnostic
behavior[from thefactory]444

Current input 1 to n
faulty1. Check process
2. Check current input settings

S

Warning 1)

453

Flow override active

Deactivate flow overrideC

Warning

484

Failure mode simulation
activeDeactivate simulation

C

Alarm

485

Process variable
simulation active

Deactivate simulationC

Warning

486

Current input simulation Deactivate simulation
activeC

Warning491

Current output 1 to nsimulation active

Deactivate simulationC

Warning492

Frequency output
simulation active

Deactivate simulation frequency output

C

Warning493

Pulse output simulation
activeDeactivate simulation pulse output

C

Warning494

Switch output
simulation active

Deactivate simulation switch output

C

Warning495

Diagnostic event
simulation active

Deactivate simulationC

Warning496

Status input simulation
activeDeactivate simulation status input

C

Warning502

CT activation/
deactivation failed

Follow the sequence of the custodytransfer activation/deactivation: Firstauthorized user login, then set the DIP
switch on the main electonic moduleC

Warning520

I/O 1 to n hardware
configuration invalid

1. Check I/O hardware configuration
2. Replace wrong I/O module
3. Plug the module of double pulse
output on correct slot

F

Alarm

528

Concentration
calculation not possible

Out of valid range of the selectedcalculation algorithm
1. Check concentration settings
2. Check measured values, e.g. density
or temperature

S

Alarm

529

Concentration
calculation not accurate

Out of valid range of the selectedcalculation algorithm
1. Check concentration settings
2. Check measured values, e.g. density
or temperatureS

Warning537

Configuration

1. Check IP addresses in network
2. Change IP addressF

Warning

540

Custody transfer mode
failed

1. Power off device and toggle DIP
switch
2. Deactivate custody transfer mode
3. Reactivate custody transfer mode
4. Check electronic components

F

Alarm

543

Double pulse output

1. Check process
2. Check pulse output settings

S

Warning 1)

593

Double pulse output
simulation

Deactivate simulation pulse output

C

Warning594

Relay output simulation

Deactivate simulation switch output

C

Warning201

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Diagnostic
number599

Short text

Custody transfer
logbook full

Remedy instructions

Statussignal[from thefactory]

Diagnostic
behavior[from thefactory]

1. Deactivate custody transfer mode
2. Clear custody transfer logbook (all30 entries)
3. Activate custody transfer modeF

Warning 1)

Diagnostic of process

202

803

Loop current 1 faulty

1. Check wiring
2. Change I/O module

F

Alarm

830

Ambient temperature
too high

Reduce ambient temp. around thesensor housing

S

Warning 1)

831

Ambient temperature
too low

Increase ambient temp. around thesensor housing

S

Warning 1)

832

Electronics temperature
too high

Reduce ambient temperatureS

Warning 1)

833

Electronics temperature
too low

Increase ambient temperatureS

Warning 1)

834

Process temperature too
highReduce process temperatureS

Warning 1)

835

Process temperature too
low

Increase process temperatureS

Warning 1)

842

Process value below
limit

1. Decrease process value
2. Check application
3. Check sensor

S

Warning 1)

862

Partly filled pipe

1. Check for gas in process
2. Adjust detection limits

S

Warning 1)

882

Input signal faulty

1. Check input signal parameterization
2. Check external device
3. Check process conditions

F

Alarm

910

Tubes not oscillating

1. If available: Check connection cablebetween sensor and transmitter
2. Check or replace sensor electronic
module (ISEM)
3. Check sensor

F

Alarm

912

Mediuminhomogeneous

1. Check process cond.
2. Increase system pressureS

Warning 1)

913

Medium unsuitable

1. Check process conditions
2. Check electronic modules or sensor

S

Warning 1)

915

Viscosity ouf ofspecification

1. Avoid 2-phase flow
2. Increase system pressure
3. Verify viscosity and density arewithin range
4. Check process conditions

S

Warning 1)

941

API/ASTM temperatureout of specificat.

1. Check process temperature withS
selected API/ASTM commodity
group
2. Check API/ASTM-related parameters

Warning 1)

942

API/ASTM density outof specification

1. Check process density with selectedS
API/ASTM commodity group
2. Check API/ASTM-related parameters

Warning 1)

943

API pressure out ofspecification

1. Check process pressure with selected
API commodity group
2. Check API related parameters

S

Warning 1)

944

Monitoring failed

Check process conditions for Heartbeat
Monitoring

S

Warning 1)

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

1)

Diagnostic
numberShort text

948

Oscillation damping too
high

984

Condensation risk

Remedy instructions

Statussignal[from thefactory]

Diagnostic
behavior[from thefactory]

Check process conditions

S

Warning 1)

1. Decrease ambient temperature
2. Increase medium temperatureS

Warning 1)

Diagnostic behavior can be changed.

12.8

Pending diagnostic events

The Diagnostics menu allows the user to view the current diagnostic event and theprevious diagnostic event separately.
To call up the measures to rectify a diagnostic event:• Via local display →  194• Via web browser →  195• Via "FieldCare" operating tool →  197• Via "DeviceCare" operating tool →  197
Other pending diagnostic events can be displayed in the Diagnostic list submenu→  204
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu

 Diagnostics
Actual diagnostics→  203

Previous diagnostics→  203

Operating time from restart→  204

Operating time→  204

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Actual diagnostics

Prerequisite
A diagnostic event has occurred.

Description

User interface

Shows the current occured diagnostic
event along with its diagnostic
information.

Symbol for diagnostic
behavior, diagnostic codeand short message.

two or more messages occur
 Ifsimultaneously,
the message withthe highest priority is shown on
the display.
Previous diagnostics

Endress+Hauser

Two diagnostic events have alreadyoccurred.

Shows the diagnostic event that
occurred prior to the current diagnostic
event along with its diagnostic
information.

Symbol for diagnostic
behavior, diagnostic codeand short message.

203

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

User interface

Operating time from restart–Shows the time the device has been in
operation since the last device restart.

Days (d), hours (h),minutes (m) and seconds(s)Operating time–

Indicates how long the device has beenin operation.

Days (d), hours (h),minutes (m) and seconds
(s)

12.9

Diagnostic list

Up to 5 currently pending diagnostic events can be displayed in the Diagnostic list
submenu along with the associated diagnostic information. If more than 5 diagnostic
events are pending, the events with the highest priority are shown on the display.
Navigation path
Diagnostics → Diagnostic list
/ ../Diagnose list
Diagnostics
F273 Main electronic
Diagnostics 2
Diagnostics 3
A0014006-EN

 46

Taking the example of the local display

To call up the measures to rectify a diagnostic event:• Via local display →  194• Via web browser →  195• Via "FieldCare" operating tool →  197• Via "DeviceCare" operating tool →  197

12.10 Event logbook
12.10.1 Reading out the event logbook
A chronological overview of the event messages that have occurred is provided in the
Events list submenu.
Navigation path
Diagnostics menu → Event logbook submenu → Event list
/ ../Eventlist
F
I1091 Config. change
I1157 Mem.err. ev.list
0d01h19m10s
F311 Electr. failure
A0014008-EN

 47

Taking the example of the local display• A maximum of 20 event messages can be displayed in chronological order.
• If the Extended HistoROM application package (order option) is enabled in the device,
the event list can contain up to 100 entries .
The event history includes entries for:• Diagnostic events →  198• Information events →  205
204

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

In addition to the operation time of its occurrence, each event is also assigned a symbolthat indicates whether the event has occurred or is ended:• Diagnostic event• : Occurrence of the event• : End of the event• Information event
: Occurrence of the event
To call up the measures to rectify a diagnostic event:• Via local display →  194• Via web browser →  195• Via "FieldCare" operating tool →  197• Via "DeviceCare" operating tool →  197
For filtering the displayed event messages →  205

12.10.2 Filtering the event logbook
Using the Filter options parameter you can define which category of event message isdisplayed in the Events list submenu.
Navigation path
Diagnostics → Event logbook → Filter options
Filter categories• All• Failure (F)• Function check (C)• Out of specification (S)• Maintenance required (M)• Information (I)12.10.3 Overview of information events
Unlike a diagnostic event, an information event is displayed in the event logbook only andnot in the diagnostic list.
Info number

Endress+Hauser

Info name

I1000--------(Device ok)

I1079

Sensor changed

I1089

Power on

I1090

Configuration reset

I1091

Configuration changed

I1092

HistoROM backup deleted

I1111

Density adjust failure

I11280

ZeroPT verified and adjustm. recommended

I11281

ZeroPT verif. and adjust. not recommend.

I1137

Electronics changed

I1151

History reset

I1155

Reset electronics temperature

I1156

Memory error trend

I1157

Memory error event list

I1209

Density adjustment ok

I1221

Zero point adjust failure

205

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Info number

206

Info name

I1222

Zero point adjustment ok

I1256

Display: access status changed

I1264

Safety sequence aborted

I1278

I/O module restarted

I1335

Firmware changed

I1361

Web server: login failed

I1397

Fieldbus: access status changed

I1398

CDI: access status changed

I1444

Device verification passed

I1445

Device verification failed

I1447

Record application reference data

I1448

Application reference data recorded

I1449

Recording application ref. data failed

I1450

Monitoring off

I1451

Monitoring on

I1457

Measurement error verification failed

I1459

I/O module verification failed

I1460

HBSI verification failed

I1461

Sensor verification failed

I1462

Sensor electronic module verific. failed

I1512

Download started

I1513

Download finished

I1514

Upload started

I1515

Upload finished

I1517

Custody transfer active

I1518

Custody transfer inactive

I1554

Safety sequence started

I1555

Safety sequence confirmed

I1556

Safety mode off

I1618

I/O module 2 replaced

I1619

I/O module 3 replaced

I1621

I/O module 4 replaced

I1622

Calibration changed

I1624

All totalizers reset

I1625

Write protection activated

I1626

Write protection deactivatedI1627

Web server: login successful

I1628

Display: login successful

I1629

CDI: login successful

I1631

Web server access changed

I1632

Display: login failed

I1633

CDI: login failed

I1634

Reset to factory settings

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Info number

Info name

I1635

Reset to delivery settings

I1639

Max. switch cycles number reached

I1643

Custody transfer logbook cleared

I1649

Hardware write protection activated

I1650

Hardware write protection deactivated

I1651

Custody transfer parameter changed

I1712

New flash file received

I1725

Sensor electronic module (ISEM) changed

I1726

Configuration backup failed

12.11 Resetting the measuring device
The entire device configuration or some of the configuration can be reset to a defined statewith the Device reset parameter (→  155).

12.11.1 Function scope of "Device reset" parameter
Options

Description

CancelNo action is executed and the user exits the parameter.

To delivery settings

Every parameter for which a customer-specific default setting was ordered is resetto the customer-specific value. All other parameters are reset to the factory setting.

Restart device

The restart resets every parameter with data stored in volatile memory (RAM) to
the factory setting (e.g. measured value data). The device configuration remains
unchanged.

Restore S-DAT backup

Restores the data that is saved on the S-DAT. Additional information: This function
can be used to resolve the memory issue "083 Memory content inconsistent" or to
restore the S-DAT data when a new S-DAT has been installed.

 This option is displayed only in an alarm condition.
12.12 Device information
The Device information submenu contains all parameters that display different
information for device identification.
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Device information‣ Device information

Endress+Hauser

Device tag→  208

Serial number→  208

Firmware version→  208

Device name→  208207

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Manufacturer→  208

Order code→  208

Extended order code 1→  208

Extended order code 2→  208

Extended order code 3→  209

ENP version→  209

Device revision→  209

Device ID→  209

Device type→  209

Manufacturer ID→  209

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

User interface

Factory setting

Device tag

Shows name of measuring point.

Max. 32 characters, such as
letters, numbers or special
characters (e.g. @, %, /).

Promass

Serial number

Shows the serial number of the measuring
device.

Max. 11-digit character string
comprising letters andnumbers.

–

Firmware version

Shows the device firmware version installed.

Character string in the format
xx.yy.zz–

Device nameShows the name of the transmitter.

Promass 300/500–The name can be found on the
nameplate of the transmitter.

Manufacturer

Displays the manufacturer.

Character string comprisingnumbers, letters and special
characters

Endress+Hauser

Order code

Shows the device order code.

Character string composed ofletters, numbers and certain
punctuation marks (e.g. /).

–Character string–

Character string–order code can be found on the The
nameplate of the sensor andtransmitter in the "Order code" field.
Extended order code 1

Shows the 1st part of the extended order
code.
extended order code can also be Thefound on the nameplate of the sensor
and transmitter in the "Ext. ord. cd."
field.

Extended order code 2

Shows the 2nd part of the extended order
code.
extended order code can also be Thefound on the nameplate of the sensor
and transmitter in the "Ext. ord. cd."
field.

208

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Parameter
Extended order code 3

Description
Shows the 3rd part of the extended order
code.

User interface

Factory setting

Character string–

extended order code can also be Thefound on the nameplate of the sensor
and transmitter in the "Ext. ord. cd."
field.
ENP version

Shows the version of the electronic
nameplate (ENP).

Character string

2.02.00

Device revision

Shows the device revision with which thedevice is registered with the HART
Communication Foundation.

2-digit hexadecimal number

7

Device ID

Shows the device ID for identifying thedevice in a HART network.

6-digit hexadecimal number–

Device typeShows the device type with which themeasuring device is registered with the
HART Communication Foundation.

2-digit hexadecimal number

0x3B (for Promass 300/500)

Manufacturer ID

Shows the device's manufacturer ID
registered with the HART Communication
Foundation.

2-digit hexadecimal number

0x11 (for Endress+Hauser)

12.13 Firmware history
Releasedate

Firmwareversion

Order codefor"Firmwareversion"FirmwarechangesDocumentation type

Documentation

08.202201.06.zz

Option 60• New gas type: methane with hydrogen• Eight display values on local display• Zero point verification and zeroadjustment wizard• New density unit: °API
• New diagnostic parameters• Additional languages for Heartbeat
Technology Reports• Extended density function

OperatingInstructions

BA01534D/06/EN/06.22

09.201901.05.zz

Option 66• Gas Fraction Handler
Adaptive Filter, Gas Entrainment Index• Application-specific Input module• Upgrading of the Petroleum application
package

OperatingInstructions

BA01534D/06/EN/04.19

Endress+Hauser

209

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Releasedate

Firmwareversion

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Order codefor"Firmwareversion"FirmwarechangesDocumentation type

Documentation

10.201701.01.zz

Option 71• Petroleum new
Operating• Concentration update
Instructions• OPC-UA with Security new• Local display - enhanced performance anddata entry via text editor• Optimized keypad lock for local display• Improvements and enhancements withregard to custody transfer measurement• Web server feature update• Support for trend data function• Heartbeat function enhanced to include
detailed results (page 3/4 of thereport)• Device configuration as PDF (parameter
log, similar to FDT print)• Network capability of Ethernet (service)interface• Comprehensive Heartbeat feature update• Local display - support for WLAN
infrastructure mode
• Implementation of reset code

BA01534D/06/EN/03.17

08.201601.00.zz

Option 78

Original firmware

BA01534D/06/EN/01.16

OperatingInstructions

It is possible to flash the firmware to the current version or the previous version using
the service interface. For the compatibility of the firmware version, see the "Device
history and compatibility" section →  210
For the compatibility of the firmware version with the previous version, the installed
device description files and operating tools, observe the information about the device
in the "Manufacturer's information" document.
The manufacturer's information is available:• In the Download Area of the Endress+Hauser web site: www.endress.com →Downloads• Specify the following details:• Product root: e.g. 8Q5B
The product root is the first part of the order code: see the nameplate on thedevice.
• Text search: Manufacturer's information• Media type: Documentation – Technical Documentation

12.14 Device history and compatibility
The device model is documented in the order code on the nameplate of the device (e.g.
8F3BXX-XXX....XXXA1-XXXXXX).

210

Device model

ReleaseChange compared with earlier model

Compatibility withearlier modelA2

09.2019

I/O module with enhanced performanceand functionality: see device firmware
01.05.zz →  209

No

A1

08.2016––

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Maintenance

13

Maintenance

13.1

Maintenance tasks

No special maintenance work is required.

13.1.1

Exterior cleaning

When cleaning the exterior of measuring devices, always use cleaning agents that do notattack the surface of the housing or the seals.

13.2

Measuring and test equipment

Endress+Hauser offers a wide variety of measuring and test equipment, such as W@M or
device tests.
Your Endress+Hauser Sales Center can provide detailed information on the services.
List of some of the measuring and testing equipment: →  214→  216

13.3

Endress+Hauser services

Endress+Hauser offers a wide variety of services for maintenance such as recalibration,
maintenance service or device tests.
Your Endress+Hauser Sales Center can provide detailed information on the services.

Endress+Hauser

211

Repair

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

14

Repair

14.1

General information

14.1.1

Repair and conversion concept

The Endress+Hauser repair and conversion concept provides for the following:• The measuring devices have a modular design.
• Spare parts are grouped into logical kits with the associated Installation Instructions.
• Repairs are carried out by Endress+Hauser Service or by appropriately trained customers.
• Certified devices can only be converted to other certified devices by Endress+Hauser
Service or at the factory.

14.1.2

Notes for repair and conversion

For repair and modification of a measuring device, observe the following notes:‣ Use only original Endress+Hauser spare parts.
‣ Carry out the repair according to the Installation Instructions.
‣ Observe the applicable standards, federal/national regulations, Ex documentation (XA)
and certificates.

‣ Document every repair and each conversion and enter them into the W@M life cycle
management database and Netilion Analytics.

14.2

Spare parts

Device Viewer (www.endress.com/deviceviewer):
All the spare parts for the measuring device, along with the order code, are listed here andcan be ordered. If available, users can also download the associated Installation
Instructions.
Measuring device serial number:• Is located on the nameplate of the device.
• Can be read out via the Serial number parameter (→  208) in the Device
information submenu.

14.3

Endress+Hauser services

Endress+Hauser offers a wide range of services.
Your Endress+Hauser Sales Center can provide detailed information on the services.

14.4

ReturnThe requirements for safe device return can vary depending on the device type andnational legislation.

212

1.

Refer to the web page for information:
http://www.endress.com/support/return-material
 Select the region.

2.

Return the device if repairs or a factory calibration are required, or if the wrong
device was ordered or delivered.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Repair

14.5

Disposal

If required by the Directive 2012/19/EU on waste electrical and electronic equipment(WEEE), the product is marked with the depicted symbol in order to minimize thedisposal of WEEE as unsorted municipal waste. Do not dispose of products bearing thismarking as unsorted municipal waste. Instead, return them to the manufacturer for
disposal under the applicable conditions.

14.5.1
1.

Removing the measuring device

Switch off the device.

LWARNING
Danger to persons from process conditions!
‣ Beware of hazardous process conditions such as pressure in the measuring device, hightemperatures or aggressive media.
2.

Carry out the mounting and connection steps from the "Mounting the measuring
device" and "Connecting the measuring device" sections in reverse order. Observe thesafety instructions.

14.5.2

Disposing of the measuring device

LWARNING
Danger to personnel and environment from fluids that are hazardous to health.
‣ Ensure that the measuring device and all cavities are free of fluid residues that arehazardous to health or the environment, e.g. substances that have permeated into
crevices or diffused through plastic.
Observe the following notes during disposal:‣ Observe valid federal/national regulations.
‣ Ensure proper separation and reuse of the device components.

Endress+Hauser

213

Accessories

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

15

Accessories

Various accessories, which can be ordered with the device or subsequently from Endress+Hauser, are available for the device. Detailed information on the order code in question isavailable from your local Endress+Hauser sales center or on the product page of theEndress+Hauser website: www.endress.com.

15.1

Device-specific accessories

15.1.1For the transmitter

Accessories

Description

Transmitter• Proline 500 – digital• Proline 500

Transmitter for replacement or storage. Use the order code to define the following
specifications:• Approvals• Output• Input• Display/operation• Housing• Software
Proline 500 – digital transmitter: • Order
number: 8X5BXX-*********A• Proline 500 transmitter:
Order number: 8X5BXX-*********B
500 transmitter for replacement: Proline
It is essential to specify the serial number of the current transmitter whenordering. On the basis of the serial number, the device-specific data (e.g.
calibration factors) of the replaced device can be used for the newtransmitter.
500 – digital transmitter: Installation Instructions EA01151D
 •• Proline
Proline 500 transmitter: Installation Instructions EA01152D

External WLAN antenna

External WLAN antenna with 1.5 m (59.1 in) connecting cable and two angle
brackets. Order code for "Accessory enclosed", option P8 "Wireless antenna widearea".
The external WLAN antenna is not suitable for use in hygienic • applications.
• Additional information regarding the WLAN interface →  87.

 Installation Instructions EA01238D
Order number: 71351317

Pipe mounting set

Pipe mounting set for transmitter.
500 – digital transmitter Proline
Order number: 71346427
 Installation Instructions EA01195D
500 transmitter Proline
Order number: 71346428

Weather protection coverTransmitter• Proline 500 – digital• Proline 500

Is used to protect the measuring device from the effects of the weather: e.g.
rainwater, excess heating from direct sunlight.
500 – digital transmitter • Proline
Order number: 71343504• Proline 500 transmitter
Order number: 71343505

 Installation Instructions EA01191D

214

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Accessories

Display guard
Proline 500 – digital

Is used to protect the display against impact or scoring, for example from sand indesert areas.

 Order number: 71228792
 Installation Instructions EA01093D
Connecting cable
Proline 500 – digital
Sensor –Transmitter

The connecting cable can be ordered directly with the measuring device (order codefor "Cable, sensor connection) or as an accessory (order number DK8012).
The following cable lengths are available: order code for "Cable, sensor connection"• Option B: 20 m (65 ft)• Option E: User-configurable up to max. 50 m
• Option F: User-configurable up to max. 165 ft
possible cable length for a Proline 500 – digital connecting cable:
 Maximum
300 m (1 000 ft)

Connecting cable
Proline 500
Sensor –Transmitter

The connecting cable can be ordered directly with the measuring device (order codefor "Cable, sensor connection") or as an accessory (order number DK8012).
The following cable lengths are available: order code for "Cable, sensor connection"• Option 1: 5 m (16 ft)• Option 2: 10 m (32 ft)• Option 3: 20 m (65 ft)

 Possible cable length for a Proline 500 connecting cable: max. 20 m (65 ft)
15.1.2For the sensor

Accessories

Description

Heating jacket

Is used to stabilize the temperature of the fluids in the sensor. Water, water vaporand other non-corrosive liquids are permitted for use as fluids.

 If using oil as a heating medium, please consult with Endress+Hauser.
Use the order code with the product root DK8003.

 Special Documentation SD02161D
15.2

Communication-specific accessories

Accessories

Description

Commubox FXA195
HART

For intrinsically safe HART communication with FieldCare via the USB interface.

HART Loop Converter
HMX50

Is used to evaluate and convert dynamic HART process variables to analog current
signals or limit values.

 Technical Information TI00404F
Information TI00429F
 •• Technical
Operating Instructions BA00371F

Fieldgate FXA42

Is used to transmit the measured values of connected 4 to 20 mA analog
measuring devices, as well as digital measuring devices
Technical Information TI01297S
 •• Operating
Instructions BA01778S• Product page: www.endress.com/fxa42

Endress+Hauser

215

Accessories

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Field Xpert SMT50

The Field Xpert SMT70 tablet PC for device configuration enables mobile plant
asset management in non-hazardous areas. It is suitable for commissioning andmaintenance staff to manage field instruments with a digital communicationinterface and to record progress.
This tablet PC is designed as an all-in-one solution with a preinstalled driver libraryand is an easy-to-use, touch-sensitive tool which can be used to manage field
instruments throughout their entire life cycle.
Technical Information TI01342S
 •• Operating
Instructions BA01709S• Product page: www.endress.com/smt50

Field Xpert SMT70

The Field Xpert SMT70 tablet PC for device configuration enables mobile plant
asset management in hazardous and non-hazardous areas. It is suitable forcommissioning and maintenance staff to manage field instruments with a digitalcommunication interface and to record progress.
This tablet PC is designed as an all-in-one solution with a preinstalled driver libraryand is an easy-to-use, touch-sensitive tool which can be used to manage field
instruments throughout their entire life cycle.
Technical Information TI01342S
 •• Operating
Instructions BA01709S• Product page: www.endress.com/smt70

Field Xpert SMT77

The Field Xpert SMT77 tablet PC for device configuration enables mobile plant
asset management in areas categorized as Ex Zone 1.
Technical Information TI01418S
 •• Operating
Instructions BA01923S• Product page: www.endress.com/smt77

15.3

Service-specific accessories

Accessory

Description

Applicator

Software for selecting and sizing Endress+Hauser measuring devices:• Choice of measuring devices with industrial requirements• Calculation of all the necessary data for identifying the optimum flowmeter:
e.g. nominal diameter, pressure loss, flow velocity and accuracy.
• Graphic illustration of the calculation results• Determination of the partial order code, administration, documentation andaccess to all project-related data and parameters over the entire life cycle ofa project.
Applicator is available:• Via the Internet: https://portal.endress.com/webapp/applicator• As a downloadable DVD for local PC installation.

W@M

W@M Life Cycle Management
Improved productivity with information at your fingertips. Data relevant to aplant and its components is generated from the first stages of planning andduring the asset’s complete life cycle.
W@M Life Cycle Management is an open and flexible information platform
with online and on-site tools. Instant access for your staff to current, in-depth
data shortens your plant’s engineering time, speeds up procurement processes
and increases plant uptime.
Combined with the right services, W@M Life Cycle Management boosts
productivity in every phase. For more information, see:www.endress.com/lifecyclemanagement

FieldCare

FDT-based plant asset management tool from Endress+Hauser.
It can configure all smart field units in your system and helps you manage
them. By using the status information, it is also a simple but effective way ofchecking their status and condition.

 Operating Instructions BA00027S and BA00059S
DeviceCare

Tool for connecting and configuring Endress+Hauser field devices.

 Innovation brochure IN01047S
216

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Accessories

15.4

System components

Accessories

Description

Memograph M graphic
data manager

The Memograph M graphic data manager provides information on all the relevantmeasured variables. Measured values are recorded correctly, limit values aremonitored and measuring points analyzed. The data are stored in the 256 MB
internal memory and also on a SD card or USB stick.
Information TI00133R
 •• Technical
Operating Instructions BA00247R

Cerabar M

The pressure transmitter for measuring the absolute and gauge pressure of gases,
steam and liquids. It can be used to read in the operating pressure value.
Information TI00426P and TI00436P
 •• Technical
Operating Instructions BA00200P and BA00382P

Cerabar S

The pressure transmitter for measuring the absolute and gauge pressure of gases,
steam and liquids. It can be used to read in the operating pressure value.
Technical Information TI00383P
 •• Operating
Instructions BA00271P

iTEMP

The temperature transmitters can be used in all applications and are suitable forthe measurement of gases, steam and liquids. They can be used to read in themedium temperature.

 "Fields of Activity" document FA00006T

Endress+Hauser

217

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

16

Technical data

16.1

Application

The measuring device is only suitable for the flow measurement of liquids and gases.
Depending on the version ordered, the measuring device can also measure potentiallyexplosive, flammable, poisonous and oxidizing media.
To ensure that the device remains in proper operating condition for its service life, use themeasuring device only for media against which the process-wetted materials are
sufficiently resistant.

16.2

Function and system design

Measuring principle

Mass flow measurement based on the Coriolis measuring principle

Measuring system

The measuring system consists of a transmitter and a sensor. The transmitter and sensor
are mounted in physically separate locations. They are interconnected by connecting
cables.
Information on the structure of the device →  14

218

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Technical data

16.3
Measured variable

Input

Direct measured variables• Mass flow
• Density• Temperature
Calculated measured variables• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Reference density

Measuring range

Measuring range for liquids
DN
Measuring device

DN
Compatible pipe diameter

Measuring range full scalevalues min(F) to max(F)

[mm]

[in]

[mm]

[in]

[kg/h][lb/min]

25

1

25/40

1/1½

0 to 20 000

0 to 735

50

2

50/80

2/3

0 to 80 000

0 to 2 94080

380/1003/4

0 to 200 000

0 to 7 350100

4100/150

4/6

0 to 550 000

0 to 20 210150

6150/200

6/8

0 to 850 000

0 to 31 240200

8200/250

8/10

0 to 1 500 000

0 to 55 130

250

10

250/300

10/12

0 to 2 400 000

0 to 88 200

Measuring range for gases
The full scale value depends on the density and the sound velocity of the gas used. The full scale value can becalculated with the following formulas:max(G) = minimum of(max(F) · ρG : x ) and(ρG · (cG/2) · di2 · (π/4) · 3600 · n)

Endress+Hauser

 max(G)Maximum full scale value for gas [kg/h]

 max(F)Maximum full scale value for liquid [kg/h]

 max(G) <  max(F) max(G) can never be greater than  max(F)ρG

Gas density in [kg/m³] at operating conditionsx

Limitation constant for max. gas flow [kg/m³]

cG

Sound velocity (gas) [m/s]diMeasuring tube internal diameter [m]

π

Pi

n=2

Number of measuring tubes for DN 25 to 100 (1 to 4 ")n=4Number of measuring tubes for DN 150 to 250 (6 to 10 ")219

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

DN

x

[mm]

[in]

[kg/m3]

25

1

90

50

2

80

80

3

83

100

4

180

150

6

200

200

8

200

250

10

200

If calculating the full scale value using the two formulas:1.

Calculate the full scale value with both formulas.

2.

The smaller value is the value that must be used.

Recommended measuring range
Flow limit →  239

Operable flow range

Over 1000 : 1.
Flow rates above the preset full scale value do not override the electronics unit, with theresult that the totalizer values are registered correctly.

Input signal

External measured values
Various pressure and temperature measuring devices can be ordered from Endress+Hauser: see "Accessories" section →  217
It is recommended to read in external measured values to calculate the corrected volume
flow.
HART protocol
The measured values are written from the automation system to the measuring device via
the HART protocol. The pressure transmitter must support the following protocol-specificfunctions:• HART protocol• Burst mode
Current input
The measured values are written from the automation system to the measuring device via
the current input →  220.
Current input 0/4 to 20 mA

220

Current input

0/4 to 20 mA (active/passive)

Current span

• 4 to 20 mA (active)• 0/4 to 20 mA (passive)

Resolution

1 µA

Voltage drop

Typically: 0.6 to 2 V for 3.6 to 22 mA (passive)

Maximum input voltage≤ 30 V (passive)

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Technical data

Open-circuit voltage≤ 28.8 V (active)

Possible input variables• Pressure• Temperature• Density

Status input

Endress+Hauser

Maximum input values• DC –3 to 30 V
• If status input is active (ON): Ri >3 kΩ

Response time

Configurable: 5 to 200 ms

Input signal level• Low signal: DC –3 to +5 V
• High signal: DC 12 to 30 V

Assignable functions• Off• Reset the individual totalizers separately• Reset all totalizers• Flow override

221

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

16.4
Output signal

OutputCurrent output 4 to 20 mA HART
Order code

"Output; input 1" (20):
Option BA: current output 4 to 20 mA HART

Signal mode

Can be set to:• Active• Passive

Current range

Can be set to:• 4 to 20 mA NAMUR• 4 to 20 mA US• 4 to 20 mA• 0 to 20 mA (only if the signal mode is active)• Fixed current

Open-circuit voltage

DC 28.8 V (active)

Maximum input voltage

DC 30 V (passive)

Load

250 to 700 Ω

Resolution

0.38 µA

Damping

Configurable: 0 to 999.9 s

Assignable measured
variables• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Density• Reference density• Temperature• Electronics temperature• Oscillation frequency 0• Oscillation damping 0• Signal asymmetry• Exciter current 0
range of options increases if the measuring device has one or more
 The
application packages.

Current output 4 to 20 mA HART Ex i

222

Order code

"Output; input 1" (20) choose from:• Option CA: current output 4 to 20 mA HART Ex i passive• Option CC: current output 4 to 20 mA HART Ex i active

Signal mode

Depends on the selected order version.

Current range

Can be set to:• 4 to 20 mA NAMUR• 4 to 20 mA US• 4 to 20 mA• 0 to 20 mA (only if the signal mode is active)• Fixed current

Open-circuit voltage

DC 21.8 V (active)

Maximum input voltage

DC 30 V (passive)

Load• 250 to 400 Ω (active)• 250 to 700 Ω (passive)

Resolution

0.38 µA

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Technical data

Damping

Configurable: 0 to 999.9 s

Assignable measured
variables• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Density• Reference density• Temperature• Electronics temperature• Oscillation frequency 0• Oscillation damping 0• Signal asymmetry• Exciter current 0
range of options increases if the measuring device has one or more
 The
application packages.

Current output 4 to 20 mA
Order code

"Output; input 2" (21), "Output; input 3" (022) or "Output; input 4" (023):
Option B: current output 4 to 20 mA

Signal mode

Can be set to:• Active• Passive

Current span

Can be set to:• 4 to 20 mA NAMUR• 4 to 20 mA US• 4 to 20 mA• 0 to 20 mA (only if the signal mode is active)• Fixed current

Maximum output values

22.5 mA

Open-circuit voltage

DC 28.8 V (active)

Maximum input voltage

DC 30 V (passive)

Load

0 to 700 Ω

Resolution

0.38 µA

Damping

Configurable: 0 to 999.9 s

Assignable measured
variables• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Density• Reference density• Temperature• Electronics temperature• Oscillation frequency 0• Oscillation damping 0• Signal asymmetry• Exciter current 0
range of options increases if the measuring device has one or more
 The
application packages.

Current output 4 to 20 mA Ex i passive

Endress+Hauser

Order code

"Output; input 2" (21), "Output; input 3" (022):
Option C: current output 4 to 20 mA Ex i passive

Signal mode

Passive

Current span

Can be set to:• 4 to 20 mA NAMUR• 4 to 20 mA US• 4 to 20 mA• Fixed current

223

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Maximum output values

22.5 mA

Maximum input voltage

DC 30 VLoad

0 to 700 Ω

Resolution

0.38 µA

Damping

Configurable: 0 to 999 s

Assignable measured
variables• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Density• Reference density• Temperature• Electronics temperature• Oscillation frequency 0• Oscillation damping 0• Signal asymmetry• Exciter current 0
range of options increases if the measuring device has one or more
 The
application packages.

Pulse/frequency/switch output
FunctionCan be configured as pulse, frequency or switch output

VersionOpen collector
Can be set to:• Active• Passive• Passive NAMUR Ex-i, passive
Maximum input values

DC 30 V, 250 mA (passive)

Open-circuit voltage

DC 28.8 V (active)

Voltage drop

For 22.5 mA: ≤ DC 2 V

Pulse output
Maximum input values

DC 30 V, 250 mA (passive)

Maximum output current

22.5 mA (active)

Open-circuit voltage

DC 28.8 V (active)

Pulse width

Configurable: 0.05 to 2 000 ms

Maximum pulse rate

10 000 Impulse/s

Pulse value

Configurable

Assignable measured
variables• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow

Frequency output

224

Maximum input values

DC 30 V, 250 mA (passive)

Maximum output current

22.5 mA (active)

Open-circuit voltage

DC 28.8 V (active)

Output frequency

Configurable: end value frequency 2 to 10 000 Hz(f max = 12 500 Hz)

Damping

Configurable: 0 to 999.9 s

Pulse/pause ratio

1:1

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Technical data

Assignable measured
variables• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Density• Reference density• Temperature• Electronics temperature• Oscillation frequency 0• Oscillation damping 0• Signal asymmetry• Exciter current 0
range of options increases if the measuring device has one or more
 The
application packages.

Switch output
Maximum input values

DC 30 V, 250 mA (passive)

Open-circuit voltage

DC 28.8 V (active)

Switching behavior

Binary, conductive or non-conductive

Switching delay

Configurable: 0 to 100 s

Number of switchingcyclesUnlimited

Assignable functions

• Off
• On
• Diagnostic behavior• Limit value• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Density• Reference density• Temperature• Totalizer 1-3• Flow direction monitoring• Status• Partially filled pipe detection• Low flow cut off
range of options increases if the measuring device has one or more
 The
application packages.

Double pulse output
Function

Double pulse

VersionOpen collector
Can be set to:• Active• Passive• Passive NAMUR

Endress+Hauser

Maximum input values

DC 30 V, 250 mA (passive)

Open-circuit voltage

DC 28.8 V (active)

Voltage drop

For 22.5 mA: ≤ DC 2 V

Output frequency

Configurable: 0 to 1 000 Hz

Damping

Configurable: 0 to 999 s

225

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Pulse/pause ratio

1:1

Assignable measured
variables• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Density• Reference density• Temperature
range of options increases if the measuring device has one or more
 The
application packages.

Relay output
Function

Switch output

Version

Relay output, galvanically isolated

Switching behavior

Can be set to:• NO (normally open), factory setting• NC (normally closed)

Maximum switchingcapacity (passive)• DC 30 V, 0.1 A• AC 30 V, 0.5 A

Assignable functions

• Off
• On
• Diagnostic behavior• Limit value• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Density• Reference density• Temperature• Totalizer 1-3• Flow direction monitoring• Status• Partially filled pipe detection• Low flow cut off
range of options increases if the measuring device has one or more
 The
application packages.

User-configurable input/output
One specific input or output is assigned to a user-configurable input/output (configurableI/O) during device commissioning.
The following inputs and outputs are available for assignment:• Choice of current output: 4 to 20 mA (active), 0/4 to 20 mA (passive)• Pulse/frequency/switch output• Choice of current input: 4 to 20 mA (active), 0/4 to 20 mA (passive)• Status input
Signal on alarm

226

Depending on the interface, failure information is displayed as follows:

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Technical data

Current output 0/4 to 20 mA
4 to 20 mA
Failure mode

Choose from:• 4 to 20 mA in accordance with NAMUR recommendation NE 43• 4 to 20 mA in accordance with US• Min. value: 3.59 mA• Max. value: 22.5 mA• Freely definable value between: 3.59 to 22.5 mA• Actual value• Last valid value

0 to 20 mA
Failure mode

Choose from:• Maximum alarm: 22 mA• Freely definable value between: 0 to 20.5 mA

Pulse/frequency/switch output
Pulse output
Failure mode

Choose from:• Actual value• No pulses

Frequency output
Failure mode

Choose from:• Actual value• 0 Hz• Defined value (f max 2 to 12 500 Hz)

Switch output
Failure mode

Choose from:• Current status• Open• Closed

Relay output
Failure mode

Choose from:• Current status• Open• Closed

Local display
Plain text display

With information on cause and remedial measures

Backlight

Red backlighting indicates a device error.

Status signal as per NAMUR recommendation NE 107

Endress+Hauser

227

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Interface/protocol• Via digital communication:
HART protocol• Via service interface• CDI-RJ45 service interface• WLAN interface
Plain text display

With information on cause and remedial measures

Web browser
Plain text display

With information on cause and remedial measures

Light emitting diodes (LED)
Status information

Status indicated by various light emitting diodes
The following information is displayed depending on the device version:• Supply voltage active• Data transmission active• Device alarm/error has occurred Diagnostic information via light emitting diodes →  188
Low flow cut off

The switch points for low flow cut off are user-selectable.

Galvanic isolation

The outputs are galvanically isolated:• from the power supply• from one another• from the potential equalization (PE) terminal

Protocol-specific data

Manufacturer ID

0x11

Device type ID

0x3B

HART protocol revision7

Device description files(DTM, DD)

Information and files under:
www.endress.com

HART load

Min. 250 Ω

System integration

Information on system integration →  93.
• Measured variables via HART protocol• Burst Mode functionality

16.5

Power supply

Terminal assignment→  41

Supply voltage

Order code for"Power supply"

Terminal voltage

Option D

DC 24 V

Option E

AC 100 to 240 V –15 to +10%

228

Frequency range±20%–
50/60 Hz

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Technical data

Order code for"Power supply"

Terminal voltage
DC 24 V

Option I

Power consumption

Frequency range±20%

AC 100 to 240 V –15 to +10%–
50/60 Hz

TransmitterMax. 10 W (active power)switch-on current

Current consumption

Max. 36 A (<5 ms) as per NAMUR Recommendation NE 21

Transmitter• Max. 400 mA (24 V)• Max. 200 mA (110 V, 50/60 Hz; 230 V, 50/60 Hz)

Power supply failure• Totalizers stop at the last value measured.
• Depending on the device version, the configuration is retained in the device memoryor in
the pluggable data memory (HistoROM DAT).
• Error messages (incl. total operated hours) are stored.

Overcurrent protection
element

The device must be operated with a dedicated circuit breaker, as it does not have an
ON/OFF switch of its own.
• The circuit breaker must be easy to reach and labeled accordingly.
• Permitted nominal current of the circuit breaker: 2 A up to maximum 10 A.

Electrical connection• →  43
• →  50

Potential equalization→  57

Terminals

Spring-loaded terminals: Suitable for strands and strands with ferrules.
Conductor cross-section 0.2 to 2.5 mm2 (24 to 12 AWG).

Cable entries• Cable gland: M20 × 1.5 with cable ⌀ 6 to 12 mm (0.24 to 0.47 in)• Thread for cable entry:• NPT ½"
• G ½"• M20• Device plug for connecting cable: M12
A device plug is always used for the device version with the order code for "Sensor
connection housing", option C "Ultra-compact, hygienic, stainless".

Cable specification→  36

Overvoltage protection

Mains voltage fluctuations→  228

Overvoltage category

Overvoltage category II

Short-term, temporary overvoltage

Up to 1200 V between cable and ground, for max. 5 s

Long-term, temporary overvoltage

Up to 500 V between cable and ground

Endress+Hauser229

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

16.6
Reference operating
conditions

Performance characteristics• Error limits based on ISO 11631• Water with +15 to +45 °C (+59 to +113 °F) at 2 to 6 bar (29 to 87 psi)
• Specifications as per calibration protocol• Accuracy based on accredited calibration rigs that are traced to ISO 17025.
To obtain measured errors, use the Applicator sizing tool →  216

Maximum measured erroro.r. = of reading; 1 g/cm³ = 1 kg/l; T = medium temperature
Base accuracy
Design fundamentals →  234
Mass flow and volume flow (liquids)• ±0.05 % o.r. (optional for mass flow: PremiumCal; order code for "Calibration flow",
option D)• ±0.10 % o.r. (standard)
Mass flow (gases)±0.25 % o.r.
Mass flow (cryogenic liquids and gases under –100 °C (–148 °F))
±0.35 % o.r. (order code for "Measuring tube material", option LA)
Density (liquids)
Standard density• ±0.2 kg/m³ ( ±0.0002 g/cm³ )• Valid in density range: 0 to 2 000 kg/m³
Premium density (DN 25 (1"); order code for "Application package", option EI)• ±0.1 kg/m³• Valid in density range: 0 to 3 000 kg/m³
For additional information, see the Special Documentation on the advanced density
function →  254
For highly accurate density measurement, the pitch and roll angle and pressurecompensation must be configured.
For highly accurate density measurement, avoid significant tensile stresses due to theinstallation and ensure the flow velocity in the nominal diameter is > 0.1 m/s (0.33 ft/s).
Density (cryogenic liquids and gases under –100 °C (–148 °F))
±0.03 g/cm³ (order code for "Measuring tube material", option LA)
Temperature±0.1 °C ± 0.003 · T °C (±0.18 °F ± 0.003 · (T – 32) °F)
Zero point stability
DN

230

Zero point stability

[mm]

[in]

[kg/h][lb/min]

25

1

0.36

0.013

50

2

1.3

0.048

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Technical data

DN

Zero point stability

[mm]

[in]

[kg/h][lb/min]

80

3

4.4

0.162

100

4

11.5

0.42

150

6

16

0.59

200

8

24

0.88

250

10

50

1.84

Flow values
Flow values as turndown parameters depending on the nominal diameter.
SI units
DN

1:1

1:10

1:20

1:50

1:100

1:500

[mm]

[kg/h][kg/h][kg/h][kg/h][kg/h][kg/h]

25

20 000

2 000

1 000

400

200

40

50

80 000

8 000

4 000

1 600

800

160

80

200 000

20 000

10 000

4 000

2 000

400

100

550 000

55 00027 500

11 000

5 500

1 100

150

850 000

85 00042 50017 000

8 500

1 700

200

1 500 000

150 000

75 00030 000

15 0003 000

250

2 400 000

240 000

120 000

48 00024 0004 800

US units
DN

1:1

1:10

1:20

1:50

1:100

1:500

[inch][lb/min][lb/min][lb/min][lb/min][lb/min][lb/min]

1

735

73

37

15

7

1

2

2939

294

147

59

29

6

3

7349

735

367

147

73

15

4

20209

2021

1010

404

202

40

6

31232

3123

1562

625

312

62

8

55115

5511

2756

1102

551

110

10

88183

8818

4409

1764

882

176

Accuracy of outputs
The outputs have the following base accuracy specifications.
Current output
Accuracy±5 µA

Pulse/frequency output
o.r. = of reading
Accuracy

Endress+Hauser

Max. ±50 ppm o.r. (over the entire ambient temperature range)

231

Technical data

Repeatability

Proline Promass Q 500 HARTo.r. = of reading; 1 g/cm3 = 1 kg/l; T = medium temperature
Base repeatability
Design fundamentals →  234
Mass flow and volume flow (liquids)±0.025 % o.r.
Mass flow (gases)±0.20 % o.r.
Mass flow (cryogenic liquids and gases under –100 °C (–148 °F))
±0.175 % % o.r. (order code for "Measuring tube material", option LA)
Density (liquids)• ±0.1 kg/m3 / ±0.0001 g/cm3• Premium density: ±0.02 kg/m3 / ±0.00002 g/cm3
Density (cryogenic liquids and gases under –100 °C (–148 °F))
±0.015 g/cm3 (order code for "Measuring tube material", option LA)
Temperature±0.05 °C ± 0.0025 · T °C (±0.09 °F ± 0.0015 · (T–32) °F)

Response time

The response time depends on the configuration (damping).

Influence of ambient
temperature

Current output
Temperature coefficientMax. 1 μA/°C

Pulse/frequency output
Temperature coefficient

Influence of medium
temperature

No additional effect. Included in accuracy.

Mass flow and volume flowo.f.s. = of full scale value
If there is a difference between the temperature at zero adjustment and the processtemperature, the additional measured error of the sensors is typically
DN 25 (1"): ±0.0001 % o.f.s./°C (±0.00005 % o.f.s./°F)
DN 50 to 250 (2 to 10 "): ±0.00015 % o.f.s./°C (±0.000075 % o.f.s./°F)
The influence is reduced when the zero adjustment is performed at process temperature.
Density
If there is a difference between the density calibration temperature and the processtemperature, the measured error of the sensors is typically±0.015 kg/m3/°C (±0.0075 kg/m3/°F) outside of +20 to +60 °C (+68 to +140 °F).
Premium density (order code for "Application package", option EI)
If there is a difference between the reference temperature of 20°C and the processtemperature, the additional maximum measured error of the sensors is typically±0.0025 kg/m3/°C (±0.00139 kg/m3/°F) within the temperature calibration range.

232

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Technical data

Outside the calibrated temperature range, the influence of the process temperature istypically ±0.005 kg/m3/°C (±0.00278 kg/m3/°F)
3[kg/m ]
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
1

2.0
1.5
1.0

2

0.5
0
-150

-100

-50

0

50

100

150

200 [°C]

300

400

[°F]
-200

-100

0

100

200

A0046818

12Standard density
Premium density

Temperature±0.005 · T °C (± 0.005 · (T – 32) °F)
Influence of medium
pressure

The tables below show the effect that a difference in pressure between the calibrationpressure and the process pressure has on the accuracy in the case of the mass flow anddensity.
o.r. = of reading
It is possible to compensate for the effect by:• Reading in the current pressure measured value via the current input or a digital
input.
• Specifying a fixed value for the pressure in the device parameters.
Operating Instructions .
Mass flow
DN

Endress+Hauser[% o.r./bar]±0.0005[% o.r./psi]±0.00003

[mm]

[in]

25

1

–0.0040–0.000276

50

2–0.0025–0.000172

80

3–0.0050–0.000345

100

4–0.0040–0.000276

150

6–0.0077–0.000531

200

8–0.0074–0.000510

250

10–0.0076–0.000524

233

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Density
DN

1)

[mm]

[in]

[% o.r./bar]±0.0006±0.0003 1)[% o.r./psi]±0.00004±0.00002 1)

25

1–0.0029–0.000200

50

2–0.0034–0.000234

80

3–0.0024–0.000166

100

4–0.0006–0.000041

150

6–0.0040–0.000276

200

8–0.0015–0.000103

250

10–0.0048–0.000331

Premium density

The values for the influence of the medium pressure are based on the density ofwater.
Design fundamentals

o.r. = of reading, o.f.s. = of full scale value
BaseAccu = base accuracy in % o.r., BaseRepeat = base repeatability in % o.r.
MeasValue = measured value; ZeroPoint = zero point stability
Calculation of the maximum measured error as a function of the flow rate
Flow rate

Maximum measured error in % o.r.

ZeroPoint³ BaseAccu ⋅ 100± BaseAccu
A0021339
A0021332

ZeroPoint< BaseAccu ⋅ 100±

ZeroPoint
MeasValue ⋅ 100

A0021333

A0021334

Calculation of the maximum repeatability as a function of the flow rate
Flow rate³

Maximum repeatability in % o.r.

½ ⋅ ZeroPoint
BaseRepeat ⋅ 100

A0021340
A0021335<½ ⋅ ZeroPoint
BaseRepeat ⋅ 100

ZeroPoint± ½ ⋅ MeasValue ⋅ 100
A0021336

234

A0021337

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Technical data

Example of maximum measured error
E [%]
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100 Q [%]
A0028741

E
Q

Maximum measured error in % o.r. (example with PremiumCal)
Flow rate in % of maximum full scale value

16.7
Installation conditions→  22

16.8
Ambient temperature
range

Installation

Environment→  25Temperature tables
Observe the interdependencies between the permitted ambient and fluid
temperatures when operating the device in hazardous areas.
For detailed information on the temperature tables, see the separate document
entitled "Safety Instructions" (XA) for the device.

Storage temperature–50 to +80 °C (–58 to +176 °F)

Climate class

DIN EN 60068-2-38 (test Z/AD)

Relative humidity

The device is suitable for use in outdoor and indoor areas with a relative humidity of
4 to 95%.

Operating height

According to EN 61010-1• ≤ 2 000 m (6 562 ft)• > 2 000 m (6 562 ft) with additional overvoltage protection (e.g. Endress+Hauser HAWSeries)Degree of protection

Transmitter• IP66/67, Type 4X enclosure, suitable for pollution degree 4• When the housing is open: IP20, Type 1 enclosure, suitable for pollution degree 2• Display module: IP20, Type 1 enclosure, suitable for pollution degree 2

Endress+Hauser

235

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Sensor• IP66/67, Type 4X enclosure, suitable for pollution degree 4• When the housing is open: IP20, Type 1 enclosure, suitable for pollution degree 2
Optional
DN 25 to 100: order code for "Sensor options", option CM "IP69External WLAN antenna
IP67
Vibration- and shockresistanceVibration sinusoidal, in accordance with IEC 60068-2-6
Sensor: order code for "Meas. tube mat., wetted parts surface", option LA, SD, SE, SF, TH,
TT, TU• 2 to 8.4 Hz, 3.5 mm peak
• 8.4 to 2 000 Hz, 1 g peakSensor: order code for "Meas. tube mat., wetted parts surface", option HA, SA, SB, SC• 2 to 8.4 Hz, 7.5 mm peak
• 8.4 to 2 000 Hz, 2 g peakTransmitter• 2 to 8.4 Hz, 7.5 mm peak
• 8.4 to 2 000 Hz, 2 g peak
Vibration broad-band random, according to IEC 60068-2-64
Sensor: order code for "Meas. tube mat., wetted parts surface", option LA, SD, SE, SF, TH,
TT, TU• 10 to 200 Hz, 0.003 g2/Hz• 200 to 2 000 Hz, 0.001 g2/Hz• Total: 1.54 g rms
Sensor: order code for "Meas. tube mat., wetted parts surface", option HA, SA, SB, SC• 10 to 200 Hz, 0.01 g2/Hz• 200 to 2 000 Hz, 0.003 g2/Hz• Total: 2.70 g rms
Transmitter• 10 to 200 Hz, 0.01 g2/Hz• 200 to 2 000 Hz, 0.003 g2/Hz• Total: 2.70 g rms
Shock half-sine, according to IEC 60068-2-27• Sensor: order code for "Meas. tube mat., wetted parts surface",
option LA, SD, SE, SF, TH, TT, TU
6 ms 30 g• Sensor: order code for "Meas. tube mat., wetted parts surface", option HA, SA, SB, SC
6 ms 50 g• Transmitter
6 ms 50 g
Rough handling shocks, according to IEC 60068-2-31

Interior cleaning

236• Cleaning in place (CIP)• Sterilization in place (SIP)

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Technical data

Options• Oil- and grease-free version for wetted parts, without declaration
Order code for "Service", option HA• Oil- and grease-free version for wetted parts as per IEC/TR 60877-2.0 and
BOC 50000810-4, with declaration
Order code for "Service", option HB
Mechanical load

Transmitter housing and sensor connection housing:• Protect against mechanical effects, such as shock or impact• Do not use as a ladder or climbing aid

Electromagnetic
compatibility (EMC)

As per IEC/EN 61326 and NAMUR Recommendation 21 (NE 21)
Details are provided in the Declaration of Conformity.
This unit is not intended for use in residential environments and cannot guarantee
adequate protection of the radio reception in such environments.

16.9

Process

Medium temperature range
Standard version–50 to +205 °C (–58 to +401 °F)

Order code for "Measuring tube
mat., wetted surface", option SA, SB

Low-temperature version–196 to +150 °C (–320 to +302 °F)

Order code for "Measuring tube
mat., wetted surface", option LA

NOTICE
Material fatigue due to excessive
temperature difference!
‣ Maximum temperature
difference of media used: 300 K

Endress+Hauser

237

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Dependency of ambient temperature on medium temperature
Ta
A
B

Tm
A0031121

 48
Ta
Tm
A
B

Exemplary representation, values in the table below.

Ambient temperature
Medium temperature
Maximum permitted medium temperature Tm at Ta max = 60 °C (140 °F); higher medium temperatures Tm
require a reduction in the ambient temperature Ta
Maximum permitted ambient temperature Ta for the maximum specified medium temperature Tm of thesensorValues for devices that are used in the hazardous area:
Separate Ex documentation (XA) for the device →  254.
Not insulated

InsulatedA
Version 1)
Standard version
1)

B
Ta

Tm

60 °C (140 °F)

205 °C (401 °F)

A

Ta Tm
–

–

B
Ta

Tm

Ta

Tm

60 °C (140 °F)

150 °C (302 °F)

50 °C (122 °F)

205 °C (401 °F)

The values apply for Promass Q 500 - digital and Promass Q 500.

Density
Pressure-temperature
ratings
Sensor housing

0 to 5 000 kg/m3 (0 to 312 lb/cf)
For an overview of the pressure-temperature ratings for the process connections, see
the Technical Information

The sensor housing is filled with helium and protects the electronics and mechanics inside.
If a measuring tube fails (e.g. due to process characteristics like corrosive or abrasive
fluids), the fluid will initially be contained by the sensor housing.
In the event of a tube failure, the pressure level inside the sensor housing will riseaccording to the operating process pressure. If the user judges that the sensor housing
burst pressure does not provide an adequate safety margin, the device can be fitted with arupture disk. This prevents excessively high pressure from forming inside the sensor
housing. Therefore, the use of a rupture disk is strongly recommended in applications
involving high gas pressures, and particularly in applications in which the process pressureis greater than 2/3 of the sensor housing burst pressure.
If there is a need to drain the leaking medium into a discharge device, the sensor should be
fitted with a rupture disk. Connect the discharge to the additional threaded connection .

238

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Technical data

If the sensor is to be purged with gas (gas detection), it should be equipped with purge
connections.
Do not open the purge connections unless the containment can be filled immediately
with a dry, inert gas. The use of helium at low pressure is recommended for purging.
Maximum pressure: 0.5 bar (7.3 psi)
Burst pressure of the sensor housing
The following sensor housing burst pressures are only valid for standard devices and/or
devices equipped with closed purge connections (not opened/as delivered).
If a device fitted with purge connections (order code for "Sensor option", option CH "Purge
connection") is connected to the purge system, the maximum pressure is determined by thepurge system itself or by the device, depending on which component has the lower
pressure classification.
If the device is fitted with a rupture disk (order code for "Sensor option", option CA "Rupturedisk"), the rupture disk trigger pressure is decisive .
The sensor housing burst pressure refers to a typical internal pressure which is reachedprior to mechanical failure of the sensor housing and which was determined during type
testing. The corresponding type test declaration can be ordered with the device (order codefor "Additional approval", option LN "Sensor housing burst pressure, type test").
DN

Sensor housing burst pressure

[mm]

[in]

[bar]

[psi]

25

1

220

3 191

50

2

160

2 320

80

3

150

2 175

100

4

120

1 740

150

6

120

1740

200

8

100

1450

250

10

100

1450

For information on the dimensions: see the "Mechanical construction" section of the"Technical Information" document
Rupture disk

To increase the level of safety, a device version with a rupture disk with a trigger pressureof 10 to 15 bar (145 to 217.5 psi)can be used (order code for "Sensor option", option"rupture disk").
For information on the dimensions of the rupture disk: see the "Mechanicalconstruction" section of the "Technical Information" document

Flow limit

Select the nominal diameter by optimizing between the required flow range andpermissible pressure loss.
For an overview of the full scale values for the measuring range, see the "Measuring
range" section →  219

Endress+Hauser

239

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

• The minimum recommended full scale value is approx. 1/20 of the maximum full scale
value• In most applications, 20 to 50 % of the maximum full scale value can be considered ideal• A low full scale value must be selected for abrasive media (such as liquids with entrainedsolids): flow velocity < 1 m/s (< 3 ft/s).
To calculate the flow limit, use the Applicator sizing tool →  216

Pressure loss

System pressure240

To calculate the pressure loss, use the Applicator sizing tool →  216→  25Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Technical data

16.10 Custody transfer
The measuring device is optionally tested in accordance with OIML R117/R81 and has an
EU type evaluation certificate which authorizes the use in EU type-examination certificatesaccording to Measuring Instruments Directive 2014/32/EU for service subject to legal
metrological control ("custody transfer") for liquids other than water and cryogenic liquids(Annex VII).
The measuring device is optionally tested according to OIML R137 and has an EU typeexamination certificate according to Measuring Instruments Directive 2014/32/EU forservice subject to legal metrological control ("custody transfer") as a gas meter (Annex IV).
The device is used with a legally controlled totalizer on the local display and optionallywith legally controlled outputs.
Measuring devices subject to legal metrological control totalize in both directions, i.e. all
the outputs consider flow components in the positive (forward) and negative (reverse)
flow direction.
Generally a measuring device subject to legal metrological control is secured against
tampering by seals on the transmitter or sensor. These seals may normally only be opened
by a representative of the competent authority for legal metrology controls.
After putting the device into circulation or after sealing the device, operation is only
possible to a limited extent.
Detailed ordering information is available from your local Endress+Hauser sales center fornational approvals, which are based on the OIML certificates, for applications with liquids
other than water or cryogenic liquids.
More information is provided in the supplementary documentation.

16.11 Mechanical construction
Design, dimensions

Weight

For the dimensions and installed lengths of the device, see the "Technical Information"
document, "Mechanical construction" section
All values (weight exclusive of packaging material) refer to devices with EN/DIN
PN 40 flanges.
Transmitter• Proline 500 – digital polycarbonate: 1.4 kg (3.1 lbs)
• Proline 500 – digital aluminum: 2.4 kg (5.3 lbs)
• Proline 500 aluminum: 6.5 kg (14.3 lbs)
DN ≥ 150 (6"): 9 kg (19.8 lbs)
• Proline 500 cast, stainless: 15.6 kg (34.4 lbs)
DN ≥ 150 (6"): 18.5 kg (40.8 lbs)
Sensor• Sensor with cast connection housing version, stainless: +3.7 kg (+8.2 lbs)
• Sensor with aluminum connection housing version:
Weight in SI units

Endress+Hauser

DN
[mm]

Weight [kg]

25

11

50

33

80

60

241

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

DN
[mm]

Weight [kg]

100

149

150

166

200

296

250

483

Weight in US units

Materials

DN[in]

Weight [lbs]

1

24

2

73

3

132

4

329

6

366

8

653

10

1 065

Transmitter housing
Housing of Proline 500 – digital transmitter
Order code for "Transmitter housing":• Option A "Aluminum coated": aluminum, AlSi10Mg, coated• Option D "Polycarbonate": polycarbonate
Housing of Proline 500 transmitter
Order code for "Transmitter housing":• Option A "Aluminum coated": aluminum, AlSi10Mg, coated• Option L "Cast, stainless": cast, stainless steel, 1.4409 (CF3M) similar to 316L
Window material
Order code for "Transmitter housing":• Option A "Aluminum, coated": glass• Option D "Polycarbonate": plastic• Option L "Cast, stainless": glass
Fastening components for mounting on a post
• Screws, threaded bolts, washers, nuts: stainless A2 (chrome-nickel steel)• Metal plates: stainless steel, 1.4301 (304)242

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Technical data

Sensor connection housing
Order code for "Sensor connection housing":• Option A "Aluminum coated": aluminum, AlSi10Mg, coated• Option B "Stainless":• Stainless steel 1.4301 (304)• Optional: Order code for "Sensor feature", option CC "Hygienic version, for maximum
corrosion resistance": stainless steel, 1.4404 (316L)• Option C "Ultra-compact, stainless":• Stainless steel 1.4301 (304)• Optional: Order code for "Sensor feature", option CC "Hygienic version, for maximum
corrosion resistance": stainless steel, 1.4404 (316L)• Option L "Cast, stainless": 1.4409 (CF3M) similar to 316L
Cable entries/cable glands

1

2
3
A0020640

 49
1
2
3

Possible cable entries/cable glands

Female thread M20 × 1.5
Cable gland M20 × 1.5
Adapter for cable entry with female thread G ½" or NPT ½"

Cable entries and adapters

Material

Cable gland M20 × 1.5

Plastic• Adapter for cable entry with female thread G ½"
• Adapter for cable entry with female thread NPT ½"

Nickel-plated brassavailable for certain device versions: •OnlyOrdercode for "Transmitter housing":• Option A "Aluminum, coated"• Option D "Polycarbonate"• Order code for "Sensor connection housing":• Proline 500 – digital:
Option A "Aluminum coated"
Option B "Stainless"
Option L "Cast, stainless"• Proline 500:
Option B "Stainless"
Option L "Cast, stainless"• Adapter for cable entry with female thread G ½"
• Adapter for cable entry with female thread NPT ½"

Stainless steel, 1.4404 (316L)

available for certain device versions: Only• Order code for "Transmitter housing":
Option L "Cast, stainless"• Order code for "Sensor connection housing":
Option L "Cast, stainless"Connecting cable
UV rays can impair the cable outer sheath. Protect the cable from exposure to sun as
much as possible.
Endress+Hauser

243

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Connecting cable for sensor - Proline 500 – digital transmitter
PVC cable with copper shield
Connecting cable for sensor - Proline 500 transmitter• PUR cable with copper shield• Devices with order code for «Approval; transmitter; sensor», options AA, BS, CS, CZ, GR,
GS, MS, NS, UR, US: PVC cable with copper shield
Measuring tubes
Stainless steel, 1.4404 (316/316L); manifold: stainless steel, 1.4404 (316/316L)
Process connections
Flanges according to EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501) / according to ASME B16.5 / as per JIS
B2220:
Stainless steel, 1.4404 (F316/F316L)
Available process connections→  244
Seals
Welded process connections without internal seals
Accessories
Protective cover
Stainless steel, 1.4404 (316L)
External WLAN antenna• Antenna: ASA plastic (acrylic ester-styrene-acrylonitrile) and nickel-plated brass• Adapter: Stainless steel and nickel-plated brass• Cable: Polyethylene• Plug: Nickel-plated brass• Angle bracket: Stainless steel
Process connections

Fixed flange connections:• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501) flange• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2512N) flange• ASME B16.5 flange• JIS B2220 flange
Process connection materials →  244

Surface roughness244

All data refer to parts in contact with the medium. The following surface roughness
categories can be ordered.
• Not polished• Ramax = 0.76 µm (30 µin)
• Ramax = 0.38 µm (15 µin)

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Technical data

16.12 Operability
Languages

Can be operated in the following languages:• Via local operation
English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Dutch, Portuguese, Polish, Russian, Turkish,
Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Vietnamese, Czech, Swedish• Via Web browser
English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Dutch, Portuguese, Polish, Russian, Turkish,
Chinese, Japanese, Vietnamese, Czech, Swedish• Via "FieldCare", "DeviceCare" operating tool: English, German, French, Spanish, Italian,
Chinese, Japanese

Local operation

Via display module
Equipment:• Order code for "Display; operation", option F "4-line, illuminated, graphic display;
touch control"• Order code for "Display; operation", option G "4-line, illuminated, graphic display;
touch control + WLAN"
Information about WLAN interface →  87

1

2

A0028232

 50
1
2

Operation with touch control

Proline 500 – digital
Proline 500

Display elements• 4-line, illuminated, graphic display• White background lighting; switches to red in event of device errors• Format for displaying measured variables and status variables can be individuallyconfigured• Permitted ambient temperature for the display: –20 to +60 °C (–4 to +140 °F)
The readability of the display may be impaired at temperatures outside the temperature
range.
Operating elements• External operation via touch control (3 optical keys) without opening the housing: ,, • Operating elements also accessible in the various zones of the hazardous area
Remote operation

Endress+Hauser→  85245

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Service interface→  86

Supported operating tools

Different operating tools can be used for local or remote access to the measuring device.
Depending on the operating tool used, access is possible with different operating units andvia a variety of interfaces.
Supported operating
tools

Operating unit

Interface

Additional information

Web browser

Notebook, PC or tablet
with Web browser• CDI-RJ45 service
interface• WLAN interface

Special Documentation for thedevice →  255

DeviceCare SFE100

Notebook, PC or tablet• CDI-RJ45 service
with Microsoft Windowsinterfacesystem• WLAN interface• Fieldbus protocol→  216

FieldCare SFE500

Notebook, PC or tablet• CDI-RJ45 service
with Microsoft Windowsinterfacesystem• WLAN interface• Fieldbus protocol→  216

Field Xpert

SMT70/77/50• All fieldbus protocols• WLAN interface• Bluetooth• CDI-RJ45 service
interface

Operating Instructions
BA01202SWLAN→  216

SmartBlue app

Smart phone or tablet
with iOs or Android

Device description files:
Use update function ofhandheld terminal

Other operating tools based on FDT technology with a device driver such as DTM/
iDTM or DD/EDD can be used for device operation. These operating tools are available
from the individual manufacturers. Integration into the following operating tools,
among others, is supported:• FactoryTalk AssetCentre (FTAC) from Rockwell Automation →www.rockwellautomation.com• Process Device Manager (PDM) from Siemens → www.siemens.com• Asset Management Solutions (AMS) from Emerson → www.emersonprocess.com• FieldCommunicator 375/475 from Emerson → www.emersonprocess.com• Field Device Manager (FDM) from Honeywell → www.process.honeywell.com• FieldMate from Yokogawa → www.yokogawa.com• PACTWare → www.pactware.com
The related device description files are available: www.endress.com → Downloads
Web serverThanks to the integrated Web server the device can be operated and configured via a Web
browser and via the service interface (CDI-RJ45) or via the WLAN interface. The structureof the operating menu is the same as for the local display. In addition to the measured
values, device status information is also displayed and allows users to monitor the status of
the device. Furthermore the device data can be managed and the network parameters canbe configured.
A device that has a WLAN interface (can be ordered as an option) is required for the
WLAN connection: order code for "Display; operation", option G "4-line, illuminated; touch
control + WLAN". The device acts as an Access Point and enables communication bycomputer or a mobile handheld terminal.

246

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Technical data

Supported functions
Data exchange between the operating unit (such as a notebook for example) and themeasuring device:• Upload the configuration from the measuring device (XML format, configuration
backup)• Save the configuration to the measuring device (XML format, restore configuration)• Export event list (.csv file)• Export parameter settings (.csv file or PDF file, document the measuring point
configuration)• Export the Heartbeat verification log (PDF file, only available with the "Heartbeat
Verification" application package)• Flash firmware version for device firmware upgrade, for instance• Download driver for system integration• Visualize up to 1000 saved measured values (only available with the Extended
HistoROM application package →  252)
Web server special documentation →  255

HistoROM
data management

The measuring device features HistoROM data management. HistoROM data management
comprises both the storage and import/export of key device and process data, making
operation and servicing far more reliable, secure and efficient.
When the device is delivered, the factory settings of the configuration data are stored
as a backup in the device memory. This memory can be overwritten with an updated
data record, for example after commissioning.
Additional information on the data storage concept

There are different types of data storage units in which device data are stored and used by the device:
Available data

HistoROM backup

T-DAT

S-DAT

• Event logbook such as diagnostic
events for example• Parameter data record backup• Device firmware package• Measured value logging ("Extended
HistoROM" order option)• Current parameter data record (used byfirmware at run time)• Maximum indicators (min/max values)• Totalizer values• Sensor data: nominal diameter etc.
• Serial number• Calibration data
• Device configuration (e.g. SW options,
fixed I/O or multi I/O)

Attachable to the user interface board in theconnection compartment

In the sensor plug in the transmitter neckpart

Storage location Fixed on the user interface board in
the connection compartment

Data backup
Automatic• The most important device data (sensor and transmitter) are automatically saved in the
DAT modules• If the transmitter or measuring device is replaced: once the T-DAT containing theprevious device data has been exchanged, the new measuring device is ready for
operation again immediately without any errors• If the sensor is replaced: once the sensor has been replaced, new sensor data aretransferred from the S-DAT in the measuring device and the measuring device is readyfor operation again immediately without any errors• If exchanging the electronics module (e.g. I/O electronics module): Once the electronics
module has been replaced, the software of the module is compared against the current
device firmware. The module software is upgraded or downgraded where necessary. The
electronics module is available for use immediately afterwards and no compatibility
problems occur.

Endress+Hauser

247

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

ManualAdditional parameter data record (complete parameter settings) in the integrated device
memory HistoROM backup for:• Data backup function
Backup and subsequent restoration of a device configuration in the device memory
HistoROM backup• Data comparison function
Comparison of the current device configuration with the device configuration saved in
the device memory HistoROM backup
Data transmission
ManualTransfer of a device configuration to another device using the export function of thespecific operating tool, e.g. with FieldCare, DeviceCare or Web server: to duplicate theconfiguration or to store in an archive (e.g. for backup purposes)
Event list
Automatic• Chronological display of up to 20 event messages in the events list
• If the Extended HistoROM application package (order option) is enabled: up to 100
event messages are displayed in the events list along with a time stamp, plain text
description and remedial measures• The events list can be exported and displayed via a variety of interfaces and operating
tools e.g. DeviceCare, FieldCare or Web server
Data logging
ManualIf the Extended HistoROM application package (order option) is enabled:• Record up to 1 000 measured values via 1 to 4 channels• User configurable recording interval• Record up to 250 measured values via each of the 4 memory channels• Export the measured value log via a variety of interfaces and operating tools e.g.
FieldCare, DeviceCare or web server

16.13 Certificates and approvals
Current certificates and approvals that are available for the product can be selected via the
Product Configurator at www.endress.com:

CE mark

1.

Select the product using the filters and search field.

2.

Open the product page.

3.

Select Configuration.

The device meets the legal requirements of the applicable EU Directives. These are listed in
the corresponding EU Declaration of Conformity along with the standards applied.
Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing of the device by affixing to it the CE mark.

UKCA marking

248

The device meets the legal requirements of the applicable UK regulations (Statutory
Instruments). These are listed in the UKCA Declaration of Conformity along with thedesignated standards. By selecting the order option for UKCA marking, Endress+Hauser
confirms a successful evaluation and testing of the device by affixing the UKCA mark.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Technical data

Contact address Endress+Hauser UK:
Endress+Hauser Ltd.
Floats Road
Manchester M23 9NF
United Kingdom
www.uk.endress.com
RCM mark

The measuring system meets the EMC requirements of the "Australian Communications
and Media Authority (ACMA)".

Ex approval

The devices are certified for use in hazardous areas and the relevant safety instructions areprovided in the separate "Safety Instructions" (XA) document. Reference is made to thisdocument on the nameplate.

Hygienic compatibility• 3-A approval• Only measuring devices with the order code for "Additional approval", option LP "3A"
have 3-A approval.
• The 3-A approval refers to the measuring device.
• When installing the measuring device, ensure that no liquid can accumulate on theoutside of the measuring device.
A remote display module must be installed in accordance with the 3-A Standard.
• Accessories (e.g. heating jacket, weather protection cover, wall holder unit) must be
installed in accordance with the 3-A Standard.
Each accessory can be cleaned. Disassembly may be necessary under certain
circumstances.
• EHEDG-tested
Only devices with the order code for "Additional approval", option LT "EHEDG" have beentested and meet the requirements of the EHEDG.
To meet the requirements for EHEDG certification, the device must be used with processconnections in accordance with the EHEDG position paper entitled "Easy cleanable Pipe
couplings and Process connections" (www.ehedg.org).
• FDA• Food Contact Materials Regulation (EC) 1935/2004

Pharmaceuticalcompatibility• FDA 21 CFR 177• USP <87>
• USP <88> Class VI 121 °C• TSE/BSE Certificate of Suitability• cGMP
Devices with the order code for "Test, certificate", option JG "Conformity with cGMPderived requirements, declaration" comply with the requirements of cGMP with regard to
the surfaces of parts in contact with the medium, design, FDA 21 CFR material
conformity, USP Class VI tests and TSE/BSE conformity.
A serial number-specific declaration is generated.

Functional safety

The measuring device can be used for flow monitoring systems (min., max., range) up to
SIL 2 (single-channel architecture; order code for "Additional approval", option LA) and SIL
3 (multi-channel architecture with homogeneous redundancy) and is independently
evaluated and certified in accordance with IEC 61508.
The following types of monitoring in safety equipment are possible:• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Density
Functional Safety Manual with information on the SIL device →  254

Endress+Hauser

249

Technical data

HART certification

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

HART interface
The measuring device is certified and registered by the FieldComm Group. The measuringsystem meets all the requirements of the following specifications:• Certified according to HART 7• The device can also be operated with certified devices of other manufacturers(interoperability)

Pressure Equipment
Directive• With the marking:a) PED/G1/x (x = category) orb) UK/G1/x (x = category)on the sensor nameplate, Endress+Hauser confirms compliance with the "Essential
Safety Requirements"a) specified in Annex I of the Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU orb) Schedule 2 of Statutory Instruments 2016 No. 1105.
• Devices not bearing this marking (without PED or UKCA) are designed andmanufactured according to sound engineering practice. They meet the requirements ofa) Art. 4 Para. 3 of the Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU orb) Part 1, Para. 8 of Statutory Instruments 2016 No. 1105.
The scope of application is indicateda) in diagrams 6 to 9 in Annex II of the Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU orb) Schedule 3, Para. 2 of Statutory Instruments 2016 No. 1105.

Radio approval

The measuring device has radio approval.
For detailed information on the radio approval, see the Special Documentation→  255

Measuring instrument
approval

The measuring device is approved as a component in measuring systems (MI-005) inservice subject to legal metrological control in accordance with the European Measuring
Instruments Directive 2014/32/EU (MID).
The measuring device is qualified to OIML R117 and has an OIML Certificate ofConformity (optional).

Additional certification

CRN approval
Some device versions have CRN approval. A CRN-approved process connection with a CSA
approval must be ordered for a CRN-approved device.
Tests and certificates• EN10204-3.1 material certificate, wetted parts and sensor housing• Pressure test, internal process, inspection certificate• PMI test (XRF), internal procedure, wetted parts, test report• Compliance with requirements derived from cGMP, Declaration• EN10204-2.1 confirmation of compliance with the order and EN10204-2.2 test report
Testing of welded connections
OptionTest standard

Component

ISO 23277 AL2x (PT)
ASME
ASME
NORSOK Measuring tube Process connection
ISO 10675-1 AL1 (RT, DR) B31.3 VIII Div.1
M-601
NFS Appx. 4+8
KF
KK
KP

250

x
x
x

PT

RT

PT

RT

PT

RT

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Technical data

OptionTest standard

Component

ISO 23277 AL2x (PT)
ASME
ASME
NORSOK Measuring tube Process connection
ISO 10675-1 AL1 (RT, DR) B31.3 VIII Div.1
M-601
NFS Appx. 4+8
KR
K1
K2

x
x
x

K3

x

K4

x

VT, PT

VT, RT

PT

DR

PT

DR

PT

DR

VT, PT

VT, DR

PT = penetrant testing, RT = radiographic testing, VT = visual testing, DR = digital radiography
All options with test report

Other standards andguidelines• EN 60529
Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code)• IEC/EN 60068-2-6
Environmental influences: Test procedure - Test Fc: vibrate (sinusoidal).
• IEC/EN 60068-2-31
Environmental influences: Test procedure - Test Ec: shocks due to rough handling,
primarily for devices.
• EN 61010-1
Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratoryuse - general requirements• IEC/EN 61326-2-3
Emission in accordance with Class A requirements. Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC
requirements).
• NAMUR NE 21
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of industrial process and laboratory control
equipment• NAMUR NE 32
Data retention in the event of a power failure in field and control instruments withmicroprocessors• NAMUR NE 43
Standardization of the signal level for the breakdown information of digital transmitterswith analog output signal.
• NAMUR NE 53
Software of field devices and signal-processing devices with digital electronics• NAMUR NE 80
The application of the pressure equipment directive to process control devices• NAMUR NE 105
Specifications for integrating fieldbus devices in engineering tools for field devices• NAMUR NE 107
Self-monitoring and diagnosis of field devices• NAMUR NE 131
Requirements for field devices for standard applications• NAMUR NE 132
Coriolis mass meter

16.14 Application packages
Many different application packages are available to enhance the functionality of thedevice. Such packages might be needed to address safety aspects or specific application
requirements.
The application packages can be ordered with the device or subsequently fromEndress+Hauser. Detailed information on the order code in question is available from yourEndress+Hauser

251

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

local Endress+Hauser sales center or on the product page of the Endress+Hauser website:www.endress.com.
Detailed information on the application packages:
Special Documentation for the device →  254
Diagnostic functionality

Order code for "Application package", option EA "Extended HistoROM"
Comprises extended functions concerning the event log and the activation of the measured
value memory.
Event log:
Memory volume is extended from 20 message entries (standard version) to up to 100
entries.
Data logging (line recorder):• Memory capacity for up to 1000 measured values is activated.
• 250 measured values can be output via each of the 4 memory channels. The recording
interval can be defined and configured by the user.
• Measured value logs can be accessed via the local display or operating tool e.g. FieldCare,
DeviceCare or Web server.
For detailed information, see the Operating Instructions for the device.

Heartbeat Technology

Order code for "Application package", option EB "Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring"
Heartbeat Verification
Meets the requirement for traceable verification to DIN ISO 9001:2008 Chapter 7.6 a)"Control of monitoring and measuring equipment".
• Functional testing in the installed state without interrupting the process.
• Traceable verification results on request, including a report.
• Simple testing process via local operation or other operating interfaces.
• Clear measuring point assessment (pass/fail) with high test coverage within theframework of manufacturer specifications.
• Extension of calibration intervals according to operator's risk assessment.
Heartbeat Monitoring
Continuously supplies data, which are characteristic of the measuring principle, to an
external condition monitoring system for the purpose of preventive maintenance orprocess analysis. These data enable the operator to:• Draw conclusions - using these data and other information - about the impact theprocess influences (e.g. corrosion, abrasion, formation of buildup etc.) have on
measuring performance over time.
• Schedule servicing in time.
• Monitor the process or product quality, e.g. gas pockets.
For detailed information, see the Special Documentation for the device.

Concentration
measurement

Order code for "Application package", option ED "Concentration"
Calculation and outputting of fluid concentrations.
The measured density is converted to the concentration of a substance of a binary mixture
using the "Concentration" application package:• Choice of predefined fluids (e.g. various sugar solutions, acids, alkalis, salts, ethanoletc.).
• Common or user-defined units (°Brix, °Plato, % mass, % volume, mol/l etc.) for standard
applications.
• Concentration calculation from user-defined tables.
For detailed information, see the Special Documentation for the device.

252

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Advanced density function

Technical data

Order code for "Application package", option EH "Advanced density function"
Advanced software functions for density measurement:• Easy integration into existing density applications with integrated time period signal(TPS).
• Two density values shown simultaneously on the local display.
• Advanced density coefficients for optimum recalibrations.
For detailed information, see the Special Documentation for the device.

Premium density andextended density function

Order code for "Application package", option EI " Premium density, +/- 0.1 kg/m3 +extended density function"
Highest density measurement accuracy thanks to premium density calibration andextended software functions for density measurement:• Easy integration into existing density applications with integrated time period signal(TPS).
• Two density values shown simultaneously on the local display.
• Advanced density coefficients for optimum recalibrations.
For detailed information, see the Special Documentation for the device.

Petroleum

Order code for "Application package", option EJ "Petroleum"
The most important parameters for the Oil & Gas Industry can be calculated and displayedwith this application package.
• Corrected volume flow and calculated reference density in accordance with the "APIManual of Petroleum Measurement Standards, Chapter 11.1"• Water content, based on density measurement• Weighted mean of the density and temperature
For detailed information, see the Special Documentation for the device.

Petroleum & locking
function

Order code for "Application package", option EM "Petroleum & locking function"
The most important parameters for the Oil & Gas Industry can be calculated and displayedwith this application package. It is also possible to lock the settings.
• Corrected volume flow and calculated reference density in accordance with the "APIManual of Petroleum Measurement Standards, Chapter 11.1"• Water content, based on density measurement• Weighted mean of the density and temperature
For detailed information, see the Special Documentation for the device.

OPC-UA Server

Order code for "Application package", option EL "OPC-UA Server"
The application package provides an integrated OPC-UA server for comprehensive device
services for IoT and SCADA applications.
For detailed information, see the Special Documentation for the device.

16.15 Accessories
Overview of accessories available for order →  214

Endress+Hauser

253

Technical data

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

16.16 Supplementary documentation
For an overview of the scope of the associated Technical Documentation, refer to thefollowing:• Device Viewer (www.endress.com/deviceviewer): Enter serial number from
nameplate.
• Endress+Hauser Operations app: Enter serial number from nameplate or scanmatrix code on nameplate.
Standard documentation

Brief Operating Instructions

Brief Operating Instructions for the sensor
Measuring device

Documentation code

Proline Promass Q

KA01262D

Brief Operating Instructions for the transmitter
Measuring device

Documentation code

Proline 500 – digital

KA01315D

Proline 500

KA01314D

Technical Information
Measuring device

Documentation code

Promass Q 500

TI01287D

Description of Device Parameters
Measuring device

Documentation code

Promass 500

GP01060D

Supplementary devicedependent documentation
Contents

Safety instructions
Safety instructions for electrical equipment for hazardous areas.
Documentation code
Measuring device

ATEX/IECEx Ex i

XA01473D

ATEX/IECEx Ex ec

XA01474D

cCSAus IS

XA01475D

cCSAus Ex i

XA01509D

cCSAus Ex nA

XA01510D

INMETRO Ex i

XA01476D

INMETRO Ex ec

XA01477D

NEPSI Ex i

XA01478D

NEPSI Ex nA

XA01479D

NEPSI Ex i

XA01658D

NEPSI Ex nA

XA01659DJPN

XA01780D

254

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Technical data

Functional Safety ManualContents

Documentation code

Proline Promass 500

SD01729D

Special Documentation
Contents

Documentation code

Information on the Pressure Equipment Directive

SD01614D

Radio approvals for WLAN interface for A309/A310 display module

SD01793D

Web server

SD01666D

OPC-UA Server

SD02040DHeartbeat Technology

SD01643D

Concentration measurementSD01645D

PetroleumSD02013D

Petroleum & locking function

SD02499D

Custody transfer (counter for liquids other than water)

SD01690D

Custody transfer (counter for gas)SD02464D

Custody transfer (counter for gas, in accordance with the German
Measurement and Calibration Ordinance (Mess- und Eichverordnung))

SD02582D

Advanced density function

SD02354D

Overrun measurementSD02342D

Installation Instructions
Contents

Comment

Installation instructions for spare part sets andaccessories• Access the overview of all the available spare part sets via Device Viewer →  212• Accessories available for order with Installation Instructions →  214

Endress+Hauser

255Index

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Index
0…9

3-A approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

A

Access authorization to parameters
Read access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Write access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Incorrect input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Adapting the diagnostic behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Adapting the status signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Additional certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Ambient conditions
Mechanical load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Operating height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Relative humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Ambient temperature
Influence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Ambient temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
AMS Device Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Application packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Applicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Attaching the connecting cable
Proline 500 transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

B

Burst mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

C

Cable entries
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Cable entry
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
CE mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 248
Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
cGMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Check
Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Checklist
Post-connection check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Post-installation check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Cleaning
Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Cleaning in place (CIP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Climate class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Advanced settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Configuring the measuring device . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Communication-specific data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Connecting cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
256

Connecting the connecting cable
Proline 500 – digital transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Proline 500 terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Sensor connection housing, Proline 500 . . . . . . . . 51
Sensor connection housing, Proline 500 - digital . . 43
Terminal assignment of Proline 500 - digital . . . . . 43
Connecting the measuring device
Proline 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Proline 500 – digital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Connecting the signal cable/supply voltage cable
Proline 500 – digital transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Proline 500 transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Connection
see Electrical connection
Connection preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Connection tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Context menu
Calling up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Explanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Current consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Custody transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

D

Date of manufacture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 19
Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Define access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158, 159
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 235
Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
DesignMeasuring device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Design fundamentals
Maximum measured error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Repeatability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Device components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Device description files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Device history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Device locking, status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Device nameSensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Device repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Device revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Device type ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Device Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
DeviceCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Device description file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Diagnostic behavior
Explanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Diagnostic information
Design, description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193, 196
DeviceCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Light emitting diodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Local display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Remedial measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Web browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Diagnostic list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Diagnostic message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Diagnostics
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
DIP switch
see Write protection switch
Direct access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Direct access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Disabling write protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Displaysee Local display
Display area
For operational display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
In the navigation view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Display values
For locking status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Document
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Document function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Document information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Down pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

E

Editing view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Input screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Using operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71, 72
EHDEG-certified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Electrical connection
Commubox FXA195 (USB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Computer with Web browser (e.g. Internet
Explorer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Field Communicator 475 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Field Xpert SFX350/SFX370 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Field Xpert SMT70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Measuring device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Operating tool (e.g. FieldCare, AMS Device
Manager, SIMATIC PDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Operating tools
Via HART protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Via service interface (CDI-RJ45) . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Via WLAN interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
VIATOR Bluetooth modem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Web server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
WLAN interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Electromagnetic compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Electronics module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Enabling write protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Enabling/disabling the keypad lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Endress+Hauser services
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Endress+Hauser

Index

Environment
Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Vibration- and shock-resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Error messages
see Diagnostic messages
Event list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Event logbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Ex approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Extended order code
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

F

FDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Field Communicator
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Field Communicator 475 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Field of application
Residual risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Field Xpert
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Field Xpert SFX350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Device description file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Establishing a connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
User interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Filtering the event logbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
FirmwareRelease date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Firmware history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Flow direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 30
Flow limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Food Contact Materials Regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Function range
Field Xpert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Function scope
AMS Device Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Field Communicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Field Communicator 475 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
SIMATIC PDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Functional safety (SIL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Functionssee Parameters

G

Galvanic isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Gas Fraction Handler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

H

Hardware write protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
HART certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
HART protocol
Device variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Measured variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

257

IndexHelp text
Calling up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Explanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
HistoROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Hygienic compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

I

Identifying the measuring device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Incoming acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Influence
Ambient temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Medium pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Medium temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Inlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Inspection
Received goods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Installation check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Installation conditions
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Intended use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Interior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

L

Languages, operation options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Line recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Local display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Navigation view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
see Diagnostic message
see In alarm condition
see Operational display
Text editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

M

Main electronics module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Maintenance tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Managing the device configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Manufacturer ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Maximum measured error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Measured values
see Process variables
Measuring and test equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Measuring device
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Mounting the sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Preparing for electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Preparing for mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Measuring instrument approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Measuring principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

258

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Measuring range
For gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
For liquids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Measuring range, recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Measuring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Mechanical load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Medium pressure
Influence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Medium temperature
Influence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Menu
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Menus
For measuring device configuration . . . . . . . . . . 101
For specific settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Mounting dimensions
see Dimensions
Mounting location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Mounting preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Mounting requirements
Down pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Inlet and outlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Mounting location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Rupture disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Sensor heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
System pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Thermal insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Mounting tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

N

NameplateSensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Navigation path (navigation view) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Navigation view
In the submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
In the wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Numeric editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

O

Onsite display
Numeric editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Operable flow range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73, 193
Operating height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Operating keys
see Operating elements
Operating menu
Menus, submenus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Submenus and user roles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Operating philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Operation options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Operational display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Operational safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Order code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 19
Orientation (vertical, horizontal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Outlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Output signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Output variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

P

Packaging disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Parameter
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Entering values or text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Parameter settings
Administration (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Advanced setup (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Burst configuration 1 to n (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . 98
Configuration backup (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Corrected volume flow calculation (Submenu) . . . 137
Current input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Current input (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Current input 1 to n (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Current output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Current output (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Data logging (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Define access code (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Device information (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Diagnostics (Menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Display (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Display (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Double pulse output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Double pulse output (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Double pulse output (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
I/O configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
I/O configuration (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Low flow cut off (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Measured variables (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Measurement mode (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Medium index (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Medium selection (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Partially filled pipe detection (Wizard) . . . . . . . . 135
Pulse/frequency/switch output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Pulse/frequency/switch output (Wizard). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 117, 121
Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n (Submenu) 176
Relay output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Relay output 1 to n (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Relay output 1 to n (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Reset access code (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Sensor adjustment (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Setup (Menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Simulation (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Status input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Status input 1 to n (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Status input 1 to n (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
System units (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Totalizer (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Totalizer 1 to n (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Totalizer handling (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Value current output 1 to n (Submenu) . . . . . . . . 176
Endress+Hauser

Index

Web server (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
WLAN settings (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Zero adjustment (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Zero verification (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Performance characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Pharmaceutical compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Post-connection check (checklist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Post-installation check (checklist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Potential equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Power supply failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Pressure Equipment Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Pressure-temperature ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Process connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Process variables
Calculated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Measured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Product safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Proline 500 – digital transmitter
Connecting the signal cable/supply voltage cable . . 48
Proline 500 transmitter
Connecting the signal cable/supply voltage cable . . 55
Protecting parameter settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

RRadio approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
RCM mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Read access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Reading measured values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Recalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Reference operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remedial measures
Calling up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Remote operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Repair of a device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Repeatability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Replacement
Device components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Requirements for personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Response time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Rupture disk
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Triggering pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

S

Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
SensorMounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Sensor heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Sensor housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 19
Setting the operating language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

259

Index

Settings
Adapting the measuring device to the process
conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Advanced display configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Current input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Current output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Double pulse output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
I/O configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Local display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Managing the device configuration . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Medium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Operating language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Partially filled pipe detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Pulse output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Pulse/frequency/switch output . . . . . . . . . . 115, 117
Relay output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Resetting the device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Resetting the totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Sensor adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Status input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Switch output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
System units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Tag name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Totalizer reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
WLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Show data logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Signal on alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
SIL (functional safety) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
SIMATIC PDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Software release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Spare part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Special connection instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Special mounting instructions
Hygienic compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Standards and guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Status area
For operational display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
In the navigation view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Status signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192, 195
Sterilization in place (SIP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Storage concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Storage conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Storage temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Structure
Operating menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Submenu
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153, 154
Advanced setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136, 137
Burst configuration 1 to n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Calculated values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Configuration backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Corrected volume flow calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
260

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Current input 1 to n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Data logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Device information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Double pulse output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Event list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
I/O configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Input values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Measured values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Measured variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Measurement mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Medium index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Output values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Process variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Pulse/frequency/switch output 1 to n . . . . . . . . . 176
Relay output 1 to n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Reset access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Sensor adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Status input 1 to n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
System units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Totalizer 1 to n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Totalizer handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Value current output 1 to n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Web server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Surface roughness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Switch output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Symbols
Controlling data entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
For communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
For diagnostic behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
For locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
For measured variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
For measurement channel number . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
For menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
For parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
For status signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
For submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
For wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
In the status area of the local display . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Input screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
System design
Measuring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
see Measuring device design
System integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
System pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

T

Technical data, overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Temperature range
Ambient temperature range for display . . . . . . . . 245
Medium temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Endress+Hauser

Proline Promass Q 500 HART

Terminal assignment of connecting cable for Proline
500- digital
Sensor connection housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Tests and certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Text editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Thermal insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Tool
For mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Tool tipsee Help text
Tools
Electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Totalizer
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Transmitter
Turning the display module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Turning the housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Transporting the measuring device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Troubleshooting
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
TSE/BSE Certificate of Suitability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Turning the display module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Turning the electronics housing
see Turning the transmitter housing
Turning the transmitter housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Index

Medium selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Partially filled pipe detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Pulse/frequency/switch output . . . . . . 115, 117, 121
Relay output 1 to n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Status input 1 to n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
WLAN settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Zero adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Zero verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
WLAN settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Workplace safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Write access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Write protection
Via access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Via write protection switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Write protection switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

U

UKCA marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Use of the measuring device
Borderline cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Incorrect use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
see Intended use
User interface
Current diagnostic event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Previous diagnostic event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
User roles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
USP Class VI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

V

Version data for the device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Vibration- and shock-resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

W

W@M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211, 212
W@M Device Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
WeightSI units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Transport (notes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
US units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
WizardCurrent input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Current output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Define access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Double pulse output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Endress+Hauser261

*71575099*
71575099

www.addresses.endress.com